[go: up one dir, main page]

TW202302669A - Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202302669A
TW202302669A TW111114320A TW111114320A TW202302669A TW 202302669 A TW202302669 A TW 202302669A TW 111114320 A TW111114320 A TW 111114320A TW 111114320 A TW111114320 A TW 111114320A TW 202302669 A TW202302669 A TW 202302669A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
chemical formula
single bond
aforementioned
repeating unit
Prior art date
Application number
TW111114320A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
三好太朗
山口修平
吉岡知昭
福﨑英治
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202302669A publication Critical patent/TW202302669A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F212/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by heteroatoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • C08F220/30Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/38Esters containing sulfur
    • C08F220/382Esters containing sulfur and containing oxygen, e.g. 2-sulfoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/38Esters containing sulfur
    • C08F220/385Esters containing sulfur and containing nitrogen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which exhibits excellent development defect suppressing performance. The present invention also addresses the problem of providing a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each being related to the active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. An active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains a resin that has a repeating unit A represented by formula (A), while additionally containing a compound that is represented by any one of formulae (1) to (4), wherein: the resin additionally comprises a group, the polarity of which is increased when decomposed by the action of an acid; and/or the resin additionally comprises a repeating unit a which has a residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from a compound that is represented by any one of formulae (1) to (4), with the content of the repeating unit a being 10% by mole or more relative to all repeating units in the resin.

Description

感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、抗蝕劑膜、圖案形成方法、電子元件之製造方法Actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic components

本發明涉及感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、抗蝕劑膜、圖案形成方法及電子元件之製造方法。The present invention relates to an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for manufacturing electronic components.

作為圖案形成方法,例如,可舉出下述方法。    將使用感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物所形成之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂膜(以下亦稱為「抗蝕劑膜」)曝光,於反映了曝光圖案之區域中使抗蝕劑膜對於顯影液的溶解性產生變化。然後,使用顯影液(例如,鹼性水溶性顯影液或有機溶劑顯影液等)進行顯影,去除抗蝕劑膜中的曝光部或非曝光部,可得到所期待的圖案。As a pattern forming method, the following method is mentioned, for example. Expose the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film (hereinafter also referred to as "resist film") formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and apply the resist in the area reflecting the exposure pattern. The solubility of the etchant film with respect to the developing solution changes. Then, development is performed using a developing solution (for example, an alkaline water-soluble developing solution or an organic solvent developing solution, etc.) to remove exposed or non-exposed portions in the resist film to obtain a desired pattern.

例如,專利文獻1中揭示了:光致抗蝕劑聚合物,其包含下述化學式所表示之重複單元;產生酸的光酸產生劑;以及光致光阻劑組成物,其具有機溶劑,相對於前述光致抗蝕劑聚合物100重量份,前述光酸產生劑的含量為0.1~20重量份,前述有機溶劑的含量為300~5000重量份(請求項第3項及第6項)。For example, Patent Document 1 discloses: a photoresist polymer comprising a repeating unit represented by the following chemical formula; a photoacid generator generating an acid; and a photoresist composition having an organic solvent, With respect to 100 parts by weight of the photoresist polymer, the content of the photoacid generator is 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, and the content of the organic solvent is 300 to 5000 parts by weight (claims 3 and 6) .

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[先前技術文獻]  [專利文獻] [chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001
[Prior Art Document] [Patent Document]

專利文獻1:日本特開2008-111120號公報Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-111120

[發明所欲解決之課題]   本發明人等,基於專利文獻1中記載的光致光阻劑組成物(感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物)而進行研究之結果發現,特別係在欲得到高精細之圖案時,使用光致光阻劑組成物進行曝光處理,顯影處理後所得到的圖案中顯影缺陷較多,有進一步改善的餘地。以下,將顯影時得到顯影缺陷較少圖案之情況稱為顯影缺陷抑制性優異。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] The inventors of the present invention have found, as a result of research based on the photoresist composition (actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition) described in Patent Document 1, that in particular When high-definition patterns are desired, photoresist composition is used for exposure treatment. After development treatment, there are many development defects in the pattern obtained, and there is room for further improvement. Hereinafter, when a pattern with few development defects is obtained at the time of image development, it is said that it is excellent in development defect suppression property.

因此,本發明之課題在於,提供一種顯影缺陷抑制性優異之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物。    此外,本發明之課題還在於,提供一種涉及所述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的抗蝕劑膜、圖案形成方法及電子元件之製造方法。   [解決課題之手段]Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition excellent in development defect suppression. In addition, the object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing electronic components related to the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明人等發現,藉由以下結構能夠解決前述課題。The inventors of the present invention found that the aforementioned problems can be solved by the following configuration.

〔1〕    一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其包含具有由下述化學式(A)所表示之重複單元A的樹脂,感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物滿足以下條件中的至少一個:更包含由化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示之化合物,前述樹脂更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團;以及,前述樹脂更具有重複單元a,前述重複單元a具有從由前述化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,前述重複單元a的含量相對於前述樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上。    〔2〕    如〔1〕所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,前述樹脂更具有重複單元a,前述重複單元a具有從由前述化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,前述殘基包含選自由下述化學式(1a)~(4a)中的任一個所表示之基團構成的組中的至少一個。    〔3〕    如〔1〕或〔2〕中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,由前述化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物具有在Hammet法則中σp超過0.5的取代基。    〔4〕    如〔1〕所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,滿足以下條件中的至少一種:更包含由前述化學式(1)~(3)中的任一個所表示之化合物,前述樹脂更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團;以及,前述樹脂更具有重複單元a,前述重複單元a具有從由前述化學式(1)~(3)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,前述重複單元a的含量相對於前述樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上。    〔5〕    如〔1〕~〔4〕中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,前述樹脂更具有前述重複單元a,相對於前述樹脂的全部重複單元,前述重複單元a的含量為40莫耳%以上。    〔6〕    如〔1〕~〔5〕中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,前述樹脂更包含重複單元b,前述重複單元b具有藉由前述酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團。    〔7〕    如〔1〕~〔6〕中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,前述樹脂更包含重複單元b,前述重複單元b具有藉由前述酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團,前述重複單元b包含選自由下述化學式(M1)~(M5)中的任一個所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個。    〔8〕    如〔7〕所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,前述重複單元b包含選自由前述化學式(M4)所表示的重複單元和由前述化學式(M5)所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個。    〔9〕    一種抗蝕劑膜,其使用如〔1〕~〔8〕中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。    〔10〕    一種圖案形成方法,具有:使用如〔1〕~〔8〕中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂的組成物,在基板上形成抗蝕劑膜之製程;曝光前述抗蝕劑膜之製程;以及,使用顯影液將前述曝光後的抗蝕劑膜顯影之製程。    〔11〕    一種電子元件之製造方法,其包括如〔10〕所述之圖案形成方法。  [發明效果][1] An actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin having a repeating unit A represented by the following chemical formula (A), wherein the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition satisfies the following conditions At least one of: further comprising a compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (4), the aforementioned resin further has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid; and the aforementioned resin further has a repeating unit a , the aforementioned repeating unit a has a residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by any one of the aforementioned chemical formulas (1) to (4), and the content of the aforementioned repeating unit a is relative to the content of the aforementioned resin The total repeating unit is 10 mol% or more. [2] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [1], the above-mentioned resin further has a repeating unit a, and the above-mentioned repeating unit a has any one of the above chemical formulas (1) to (4) The residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms in the represented compound, the aforementioned residue includes at least one selected from the group consisting of groups represented by any one of the following chemical formulas (1a) to (4a) . [3] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] or [2], wherein the compound represented by any one of the aforementioned chemical formulas (1) to (4) has Substituents with σp exceeding 0.5 in Hammet's rule. [4] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [1], which satisfies at least one of the following conditions: it further includes a compound represented by any one of the aforementioned chemical formulas (1) to (3) , the aforementioned resin further has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposing by the action of an acid; and, the aforementioned resin further has a repeating unit a, and the aforementioned repeating unit a has the In the residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms in the compound, the content of the aforementioned repeating unit a is 10 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units of the aforementioned resin. [5] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [4], the aforementioned resin further has the aforementioned repeating unit a, and the aforementioned repeating unit a is greater than all the repeating units of the aforementioned resin The content of unit a is 40 mol % or more. [6] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [5], the aforementioned resin further includes a repeating unit b, and the aforementioned repeating unit b has the ability to be decomposed by the action of the aforementioned acid And the group with increased polarity. [7] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [6], the aforementioned resin further includes a repeating unit b, and the aforementioned repeating unit b has the ability to be decomposed by the action of the aforementioned acid As for the group with increased polarity, the repeating unit b includes at least one member selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by any one of the following chemical formulas (M1) to (M5). [8] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [7], wherein the repeating unit b is selected from the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M4) and the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M5) At least one of the group of units. [9] A resist film formed using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [8]. [10] A method for forming a pattern, comprising: using the composition of the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin described in any one of [1] to [8] to form a resist film on a substrate; a process of exposing the aforementioned resist film; and a process of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution. 〔11〕 A method of manufacturing an electronic component, which includes the pattern forming method as described in [10]. [Invention effect]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種顯影缺陷抑制性優異之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物。    此外,根據本發明,還能夠提供一種涉及所述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物之抗蝕劑膜、圖案形成方法及電子元件之製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having excellent development defect suppression properties. In addition, according to the present invention, it is also possible to provide a resist film, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for manufacturing electronic components related to the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

下文將詳細說明本發明。以下所記載之本發明的構成要素的說明,有時係基於本發明之代表性實施態樣而成,但本發明並非限定於該等實施態樣。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements of the present invention described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these embodiments.

此處示出本說明書中的下述標記之含義。    「~」,以包含其前後記載之數值作為下限和上限的含義使用。    本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,只要不與本發明之主旨相背,未記述取代及未經取代之標記一併包含不具有取代基之基團和具有取代基之基團。例如,「烷基」不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代烷基),亦包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。    「有機基」係指包含至少一個碳原子之基團。    除非另有說明,「取代基」係指一價取代基。    作為取代基,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等鹵素原子;甲氧基、乙氧基及三級丁氧基等烷氧基;苯氧基及對甲苯氧基等芳氧基;甲氧羰基、丁氧羰基及苯氧羰基等烷氧羰基;乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基等醯氧基;乙醯基、苯甲醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及甲基草醯基等醯基;甲磺醯基及叔丁基磺醯基等烷基磺醯基;苯基磺醯基及對甲苯磺醯基等芳基磺醯基;烷基;環烷基;芳基;雜芳基;羥基;羧基;甲醯基;磺基;氰基;烷基胺基羰基;芳基胺基羰基;胺磺醯基;矽基;胺基;單烷基胺基;二烷基胺基;芳基胺基;以及該等之組合。於本說明書中,該等取代基組亦被稱為「取代基K」。    所謂「光化射線」或「放射線」,係指例如以水銀燈之明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X射線及電子束(EB:Electron Beam)等。    「光」係指光化射線或放射線。    所謂「曝光」,若無特別指明,則不僅包括利用以水銀燈之明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線、X射線及EUV光等所為之曝光,亦包括利用電子束及離子束等的粒子束所為之描繪。    本說明書中記載的二價基團之鍵合方向,若無特別指明,則無特別限制。例如,於「X-Y-Z」所成之式所表示的化合物中,若Y為-COO-之情況下,則Y既可以為-CO-O-,亦可以為-O-CO-。此外,前述化合物既可以為「X-CO-O-Z」,亦可以為「X-O-CO-Z」。The meanings of the following symbols in this specification are shown here. "~" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are used as the lower limit and upper limit. In the notation of the group (atomic group) in this specification, as long as it does not contradict the gist of the present invention, the notation of substitution and unsubstituted notation includes both groups without substituents and groups with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group), but also an alkyl group with a substituent (substituted alkyl group). "Organic radical" means a radical comprising at least one carbon atom. Unless otherwise stated, "substituent" refers to a monovalent substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and tertiary butoxy; aryl groups such as phenoxy and p-tolyloxy; Oxygen; Alkoxycarbonyl such as methoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl and phenoxycarbonyl; Acyloxy such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy and benzoyloxy; Acetyl, benzoyl, isobutyryl , acryl, methacryl and methyl oxalyl and other acyl groups; methylsulfonyl and tert-butylsulfonyl and other alkylsulfonyl groups; phenylsulfonyl and p-toluenesulfonyl, etc. Arylsulfonyl; Alkyl; Cycloalkyl; Aryl; Heteroaryl; Hydroxy; Carboxyl; Formyl; Sulfo; Cyano; Alkylaminocarbonyl; Arylaminocarbonyl; ; silicon group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamine group; and combinations thereof. In this specification, these groups of substituents are also referred to as "substituent K". The so-called "actinic rays" or "radiation rays" refer to far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays and electron beams (EB: Electron beams) represented by the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps and excimer lasers. Beam) and so on. "Light" means actinic rays or radiation. The so-called "exposure", unless otherwise specified, includes not only the exposure using the bright line spectrum of the mercury lamp, the excimer laser as the representative of the far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-ray and EUV light, but also the use of electron beam and Particle beams such as ion beams are depicted. The bonding direction of the divalent groups described in this specification is not particularly limited unless otherwise specified. For example, in a compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z", when Y is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. In addition, the aforementioned compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".

(甲基)丙烯酸酯表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯。    (甲基)丙烯酸表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸。(Meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate. (Meth)acrylic acid means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

將樹脂的重均分子量(Mw)、數均分子量(Mn)、及分散度(亦稱為「分子量分佈」。)(Mw/Mn)作為由利用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)裝置(Tosoh公司製HLC-8120GPC)實施GPC測定(溶媒:四氫原子呋喃,流量(樣品注入量):10μL,管柱:Tosoh公司製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M,管柱溫度:40℃,流速:1.0mL/分鐘,檢測器:示差折射率檢測器(Refractive Index Detector))而得到的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。The weight-average molecular weight (Mw), number-average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as "molecular weight distribution") (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd. -8120GPC) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh, column temperature: 40° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, Detector: defined by the polystyrene conversion value obtained from a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).

樹脂的組成比(莫耳比或質量比),利用 13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)進行測定。 The resin composition ratio (molar ratio or mass ratio) was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).

所謂酸離解常數(pKa),係表示水溶液中之pKa,具體而言,係為使用下述軟件包1,將基於哈米特取代基常數及公知文獻值的資料庫的值,藉由計算所得的值。本說明書中記載之pKa值,皆表示使用該軟件包藉由計算而求出的值。    軟件包1:Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。The so-called acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to the pKa in aqueous solution. Specifically, it is obtained by calculating the value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using the following software package 1. value. The pKa values described in this specification all represent values obtained by calculation using this software package. Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).

另一方面,亦可以利用分子軌道計算法求得pKa。作為具體方法,可舉出藉由基於熱力學循環計算水溶液中的H +解離自由能而算出之方法。關於H +解離自由能之計算方法,例如,可利用DFT(密度泛函理論)來計算,但在文獻等中報告也有其它各種方法,因此計算方法不限於此。此外,可實施DFT的軟件有多種,例如,可舉出Gaussian16。 On the other hand, pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation. As a specific method, a method calculated by calculating the H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle is mentioned. The calculation method of the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated using, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but there are various other methods reported in literature and the like, so the calculation method is not limited to this. In addition, there are various kinds of software that can implement DFT, for example, Gaussian16 is mentioned.

所謂「pKa」,如上所述,係指使用軟件包1將基於哈米特取代基常數及公知文獻值的資料庫的值藉由計算所得的值,但在利用該方法而無法算出pKa之情況下,指採用基於DFT(密度泛函理論),利用Gaussian16所得的值。    此外,如上所述,pKa係指「水溶液中的pKa」,於無法算出水溶液中的pKa之情況下,設為「二甲基亞碸(DMSO)溶液中的pKa」。As mentioned above, "pKa" refers to the value calculated by using the software package 1 based on the Hammett substituent constant and the value of the database of known literature values. However, when the pKa cannot be calculated by this method The following refers to the value obtained by using Gaussian16 based on DFT (density functional theory). In addition, as mentioned above, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution", and when the pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, it is set to "pKa in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) solution".

「固體成分」係指形成抗蝕劑膜之成分,不包含溶劑。此外,若為形成抗蝕劑膜之成分,則即使其性狀為液體,亦視為固體成分。"Solid content" refers to components that form a resist film and does not include a solvent. In addition, as long as it is a resist film forming component, even if its property is a liquid, it is regarded as a solid component.

「1英寸」係指25.4mm。"1 inch" means 25.4mm.

[感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物]    本發明之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下亦稱為「光阻劑組成物」),包含由化學式(A)所表示之具有重複單元A的樹脂(以下亦稱為「樹脂A」),感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物滿足以下條件中的至少一個:更包含由化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示之化合物(以下亦稱為「特定化合物」),樹脂更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團(以下亦稱為「酸分解性基」)(必要條件A);或,樹脂更具有重複單元a,重複單元a具有藉由從化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基(以下亦稱為「特定基」),重複單元a的含量相對於樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上(必要條件B)。    本發明之光阻劑組成物,滿足前述條件A或前述條件B即可,亦可以滿足前述條件A及前述條件B兩者。例如,包含樹脂A之光阻劑組成物,更包含特定化合物,樹脂可以包含前述重複單元a,前述重複單元a的含量相對於樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上,並且更具有在酸的作用下分解而極性增加之基團。[Actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as "photoresist composition") of the present invention includes the chemical formula (A) The resin having repeating unit A (hereinafter also referred to as "resin A"), the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition satisfies at least one of the following conditions: it further includes any of the chemical formulas (1) to (4) One of the indicated compounds (hereinafter also referred to as "specific compound"), the resin further has a group whose polarity is increased by the decomposition of acid (hereinafter also referred to as "acid decomposable group") (requirement A); or , the resin further has a repeating unit a, and the repeating unit a has a residue (hereinafter also referred to as " Specific group"), the content of the repeating unit a is 10 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units of the resin (requirement B). The photoresist composition of the present invention only needs to satisfy the foregoing condition A or the foregoing condition B, and may also satisfy both the foregoing condition A and the foregoing condition B. For example, the photoresist composition comprising resin A further comprises a specific compound, the resin may comprise the aforementioned repeating unit a, the content of the aforementioned repeating unit a is more than 10 mol% relative to all the repeating units of the resin, and further has the acid A group that decomposes under the action of the action and increases in polarity.

儘管通過採用這樣的構成來改善對曝光的靈敏度之作用機理未必明確,但本發明人等推測如下。    於使用典型的化學增幅型光阻劑組成物而形成的抗蝕劑膜中,在使用具有酸分解性基的樹脂之情況下,例如,使藉由曝光而由光酸產生劑所產生的酸作用於具有酸分解性基的樹脂,引起樹脂A中的酸分解性基的分解,由此會有可能使曝光部之極性產生變化。在此種情況下,本發明人等發現,若接收了光的光酸產生劑難以分解,則在顯影時,光酸產生劑在顯影液中的溶解性變差,且容易作為缺陷而殘留下來。    本發明的光阻劑組成物中,能夠作為光酸產生劑發揮功能之特定化合物或重複單元a,具有至少一個Hammet法則中σp超過0的取代基,因此分子內的極化容易變大。因此,能夠推測其在曝光時容易分解,進而在顯影液中的溶解性提高,顯影缺陷抑制性優異。    以下,將顯影缺陷抑制性更優異之情況稱為本發明之效果更優異。Although the mechanism of action of improving the sensitivity to exposure by adopting such a configuration is not necessarily clear, the inventors of the present invention presume as follows. In a resist film formed using a typical chemically amplified photoresist composition, in the case of using a resin having an acid-decomposable group, for example, acid generated by a photoacid generator by exposure Acting on a resin having an acid-decomposable group causes decomposition of the acid-decomposable group in the resin A, which may change the polarity of the exposed portion. Under such circumstances, the inventors of the present invention have found that if the photoacid generator that receives light is difficult to decompose, the solubility of the photoacid generator in the developing solution becomes poor during development, and it tends to remain as a defect. . In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the specific compound or repeating unit a that can function as a photoacid generator has at least one substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law, so the polarization in the molecule tends to increase. Therefore, it is presumed that it is easy to decompose at the time of exposure, and furthermore, the solubility in a developing solution improves, and it is excellent in development defect suppression property. Hereinafter, the fact that the development defect suppression property is more excellent is called the effect of the present invention is more excellent.

以下,對本發明之光阻劑組成物進行詳細說明。    光阻劑組成物可以係正型光阻劑組成物和負型光阻劑組成物中的任意一種。此外,亦可以係鹼性顯影用光阻劑組成物和有機溶劑顯影用光阻劑組成物中的任意一種。    光阻劑組成物可以係非化學增幅型光阻劑組成物,亦可以在光阻劑組成物中並用作為化學增幅型光阻劑組成物之機構。    以下,對光阻劑組成物的各種成分進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the photoresist composition of the present invention will be described in detail. The photoresist composition can be any one of positive photoresist composition and negative photoresist composition. In addition, it may be either one of a photoresist composition for alkaline image development and a photoresist composition for organic solvent image development. The photoresist composition can be a non-chemically amplified photoresist composition, or it can be used in a photoresist composition as a mechanism of a chemically amplified photoresist composition. Below, various components of the photoresist composition are described in detail.

〔特定化合物〕    特定化合物為化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示之化合物。    特定化合物為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射(曝光)而分解之非離子性化合物,可以作為後述的光酸產生劑發揮功能。    特定化合物以具有Hammet法則中的σp超過0.5的取代基為佳。    特定化合物所具有之後述的取代基X的數目為1以上。    作為特定化合物,化學式(1)~(3)中的任一個所表示的化合物較佳,從本發明的效果更優異的方面考慮,化學式(2)所表示的化合物更佳。[Specific compound] The specific compound is a compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (4). The specific compound is a nonionic compound that is decomposed by irradiation (exposure) of actinic rays or radiation, and can function as a photoacid generator described later. Certain compounds preferably have substituents with a σp exceeding 0.5 in Hammet's law. The number of substituents X described later that the specific compound has is 1 or more. As the specific compound, the compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (3) is preferable, and the compound represented by the chemical formula (2) is more preferable in terms of the effect of the present invention.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

化學式(1)中,X 11表示氫原子或-L 11-(R 11)p 11。R 11〜R 13分別獨立地表示取代基。R 11〜R 13中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。R 11和R 13可以相互鍵結而形成環。L 11表示單鍵或p 11+1價的連結基。L 12表示單鍵或p 12+1價的連結基。L 13表示單鍵或p 13+1價的連結基。p 11〜p 13各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 11表示單鍵之情況下,p 11表示1,當L 12表示單鍵之情況下,p 12表示1,當L 13表示單鍵之情況下,p 13表示1。 In the chemical formula (1), X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 11 -(R 11 )p 11 . R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 11 to R 13 represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. R 11 and R 13 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. L 11 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 11 +1. L 12 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 12 +1. L 13 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 13 +1. p 11 to p 13 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 11 represents a single bond, p 11 represents 1, when L 12 represents a single bond, p 12 represents 1, and when L 13 represents a single bond, p 13 represents 1.

X 11表示氫原子或-L 11-(R 11)p 11。    作為X 11,-L 11-(R 11)p 11較佳。L 11、R 11及p 11如後所述。 X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 11 -(R 11 )p 11 . X 11 is preferably -L 11 -(R 11 )p 11 . L 11 , R 11 and p 11 are as described below.

R 11〜R 13分別獨立地表示取代基。R 11〜R 13中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。    R 11〜R 13中的1~3個表示後述的取代基X較佳,R 11〜R 13中的一個或兩個表示取代基X進一步較佳,R 11及R 13中的一個或兩個表示取代基X更佳,R 13中的一個表示取代基X特佳。    彼此能夠存在多個的R 11、彼此能夠存在多個的R 12、以及彼此能夠存在多個的R 13可以分別相同或不同。    在多個R 11、多個R 12和/或多個R 13存在之情況下,前述「R 11〜R 13中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。」係指多個R 11、多個R 12和/或多個R 13中的至少一個表示後述的取代基X。具體而言,前述化學式(1)所表示的化合物具有一個R 11、一個R 12及兩個R 13之情況下,R 11表示甲基,R 12表示乙基,R 13的一個表示丙基,R 13的另一個表示取代基X,亦可以為兩個R 13皆表示取代基X。換言之,化學式(1)所表示的化合物係指具有至少一個取代基X。此外,關於前述取代基X的記載,在後述的各化合物中亦同樣。    作為前述取代基,例如,可舉出上述取代基K中例示之基團,更具體而言,可舉出羥基、胺基及有機基,較佳為有機基。作為有機基,例如,可舉出烴基。作為烴基,例如,可舉出烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、烯基、環烷基及芳香環基,較佳為烷基。    前述取代基亦可以為Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基(以下亦稱為「取代基X」)。前述取代基X係相當於吸電子性基之基團。    作為取代基X,例如,可舉出包含鹵素原子、硝基(0.78)、硫醇基(0.15)、具有鹵素原子的烷基、氰基(0.66)、醛基(0.42)、羧基(0.45)、醯基、醯氧基、烷氧羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺基甲醯基、胺磺醯基、苯並三唑基、磺基及磺醯基之基團。此外,在上述以及下述中,與各個基團一併記載之括弧內的數值表示各自的取代基的σp。即,在表述為「硝基(0.78)」之情況下,係指硝基的Hammet法則中的σp為0.78。    此外,作為前述取代基X,例如,可舉出Chem.Rev.,1991,91,165~195中所記載的σp超過0之基團,此等內容被引入本說明書中。    此外,Hammet法則的取代基常數σ係以數值表示取代苯甲酸的酸離解平衡常數中之取代基的效果者,係表示取代基的吸電子性及供電子性之強度的參數。本說明書中,Hammet法則的σp值係指取代基位於苯甲酸的對位時之取代基常數σ。如上所述,σp值採用Chem.Rev.,1991,91,2,165-195中所記載的值。關於上述文獻中未記載的取代基,可採用基於文獻「The Effect of Structure upon the Reactions of Organic Compounds. Benzene Derivatives」(J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1937,59,1,96-103)中所記載的計算方法而算出的值。 R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 11 to R 13 represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. 1 to 3 of R 11 to R 13 preferably represent the substituent X described later, one or two of R 11 to R 13 represent a further substituent X, and one or both of R 11 and R 13 Indicates that the substituent X is more preferred, and one of R 13 indicates that the substituent X is particularly preferred. R 11 that may exist in plural, R 12 that may exist in plural, and R 13 that may exist in plural may be the same or different, respectively. When a plurality of R 11 , a plurality of R 12 and/or a plurality of R 13 exist, the aforementioned "at least one of R 11 to R 13 represents a substituent whose σp in Hammet's law exceeds 0." refers to a plurality of At least one of R 11 , R 12 and/or R 13 represents a substituent X described later. Specifically, when the compound represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1) has one R 11 , one R 12 and two R 13s , R 11 represents a methyl group, R 12 represents an ethyl group, and one of R 13 represents a propyl group, The other of R 13 represents a substituent X, and both R 13 may represent a substituent X. In other words, the compound represented by the chemical formula (1) means having at least one substituent X. In addition, description about the said substituent X is also the same for each compound mentioned later. As said substituent, for example, the group illustrated in the said substituent K is mentioned, More specifically, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an organic group are mentioned, Preferably it is an organic group. As an organic group, a hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group (linear or branched), an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aromatic ring group, and an alkyl group is preferred. The aforementioned substituent may also be a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's rule (hereinafter also referred to as "substituent X"). The aforementioned substituent X is a group corresponding to an electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the substituent X include a halogen atom, a nitro group (0.78), a thiol group (0.15), an alkyl group having a halogen atom, a cyano group (0.66), an aldehyde group (0.42), and a carboxyl group (0.45). , acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminoformyl, sulfamoyl, benzotriazolyl, sulfo and sulfonyl groups. In addition, in the above and below, the numerical value in parentheses described together with each group shows σp of each substituent. That is, when expressed as "nitro (0.78)", it means that σp in Hammet's law of nitro is 0.78. Moreover, as said substituent X, the group whose σp exceeds 0 as described in Chem. Rev., 1991, 91, 165-195 is mentioned, for example, These content is taken in into this specification. In addition, the substituent constant σ of Hammet's rule is a numerical value representing the effect of the substituent in the acid dissociation equilibrium constant of the substituted benzoic acid, and is a parameter representing the strength of the electron-withdrawing and electron-donating properties of the substituent. In this specification, the σp value of Hammet's law means the substituent constant σ when the substituent is at the para position of benzoic acid. As mentioned above, the values described in Chem. Rev., 1991, 91, 2, 165-195 are used for the value of σp. As for substituents not described in the above-mentioned documents, those based on the documents "The Effect of Structure upon the Reactions of Organic Compounds. Benzene Derivatives" (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1937, 59, 1, 96-103) can be used. The value calculated by the calculation method described.

作為鹵素原子,較佳為Br(0.23)、Cl(0.23)、F(0.06)及I(0.18)。    作為具有鹵素原子的烷基,溴化烷基、鹽化烷基、氟化烷基或碘化烷基較佳,氟化烷基進一步較佳,三氟甲基(0.54)更佳。    作為醯基,較佳為乙醯基(0.50)、三氟乙醯基(0.80)、丙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、苯甲醯基或4-甲氧基苯甲醯基。    作為醯氧基,較佳為醯氧基甲基或醯氧基乙基。    作為烷氧羰基,較佳為甲氧羰基(0.45)、乙氧羰基、2-羥基乙氧羰基、2-(3-三甲氧基矽基丙胺基羰氧基)乙氧羰基、2-(3-三乙氧基矽基丙胺基羰氧基)乙氧羰基、2-乙基己羰氧基、三氟甲氧羰基或三氟乙氧羰基。    作為芳氧基羰基,較佳為苯氧基羰基或4-甲氧基苯氧基羰基。    作為胺基甲醯基,較佳為未取代的胺基甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺基甲醯基、N,N-二乙基胺基甲醯基、嗎啉胺基甲醯基、N,N-二正辛基胺基甲醯基或N-正辛基胺基甲醯基。    作為具有磺醯基之基團,較佳為甲烷磺醯基(0.72)、乙烷磺醯基、辛烷磺醯基或苯磺醯基。    作為磺基,較佳為甲烷磺酸基(0.36)、乙烷磺酸基或辛烷磺酸基。    作為胺磺醯基,較佳為未取代的胺磺醯基(0.60)或N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基(0.65)。    其中,作為取代基X,較佳為選自包含硝基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、氟烷基、氰基、乙醯基、未取代的胺磺醯基、三氟乙醯基及磺醯基之基團所構成的組中的至少一個基團。As the halogen atom, Br(0.23), Cl(0.23), F(0.06) and I(0.18) are preferable. As the alkyl group having a halogen atom, a brominated alkyl group, a salinized alkyl group, a fluorinated alkyl group or an iodized alkyl group is preferable, a fluorinated alkyl group is further preferable, and trifluoromethyl (0.54) is more preferable. The acyl group is preferably acetyl (0.50), trifluoroacetyl (0.80), propionyl, trimethylacetyl, benzoyl or 4-methoxybenzoyl. The acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxymethyl group or an acyloxyethyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably methoxycarbonyl (0.45), ethoxycarbonyl, 2-hydroxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-(3-trimethoxysilylpropylaminocarbonyloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 2-(3 -triethoxysilylpropylaminocarbonyloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexylcarbonyloxy, trifluoromethoxycarbonyl or trifluoroethoxycarbonyl. As the aryloxycarbonyl group, phenoxycarbonyl or 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl is preferred. As the aminoformyl group, unsubstituted aminoformyl, N,N-dimethylaminoformyl, N,N-diethylaminoformyl, morpholineaminoformyl, and Acyl, N,N-Di-n-octylcarbamoyl or N-n-octylcarbamoyl. As a group having a sulfonyl group, a methanesulfonyl group (0.72), an ethanesulfonyl group, an octanesulfonyl group or a benzenesulfonyl group is preferable. As the sulfo group, methanesulfonate (0.36), ethanesulfonate or octanesulfonate is preferred. As the sulfamoyl group, unsubstituted sulfamoyl group (0.60) or N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl group (0.65) is preferred. Among them, as the substituent X, preferably selected from the group consisting of nitro, N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl, fluoroalkyl, cyano, acetyl, unsubstituted sulfamoyl, trifluoroethyl At least one group of the group consisting of an acyl group and a sulfonyl group.

取代基X的σp超過0,0.3以上較佳,超過0.5進一步較佳,0.6以上更佳。其上限並無特別限制,多數情況下為1.0以下,0.8以下較佳。    此外,對取代基X以外的取代基的σp並無特別限制。    前述取代基可以更被取代基(取代基X及其以外的取代基中的任意一種皆可)取代。The σp of the substituent X is more than 0, preferably 0.3 or more, further preferably more than 0.5, more preferably 0.6 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but in most cases it is 1.0 or less, preferably 0.8 or less. In addition, σp of substituents other than substituent X is not particularly limited. The aforementioned substituents may be further substituted by substituents (any one of substituents X and other substituents may be used).

R 11和R 13可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為前述形成的環,較佳為後述化學式(5)中的Y 51表示的環。 R 11 and R 13 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed above is preferably a ring represented by Y 51 in the chemical formula (5) described later.

L 11表示單鍵或p 11+1價的連結基。L 12表示單鍵或p 12+1價的連結基。L 13表示單鍵或p 13+1價的連結基。    p 11+1價、p 12+1價、以及p 13+1價為二價之情況下,作為L 11〜L 13,例如,可舉出-CO-,-O-,-S-,-SO-,-SO 2-,-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及將該等組合而成之基團。    前述基團,可以更具有取代基。作為前述取代基,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團。 L 11 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 11 +1. L 12 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 12 +1. L 13 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 13 +1. When p 11 +1 valence, p 12 +1 valence, and p 13 +1 valence are divalent, examples of L 11 to L 13 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, - SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N - (R N represents a substituent), hydrocarbon groups (such as alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene and arylylene, etc.) and combinations thereof group. The aforementioned groups may further have substituents. As said substituent, the group illustrated by substituent K is mentioned.

p 11〜p 13各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 11表示單鍵之情況下,p 11表示1,當L 12表示單鍵之情況下,p 12表示1,當L 13表示單鍵之情況下,p 13表示1。    作為p 11〜p 13,1~5的整數較佳,1~3的整數進一步較佳,1更佳。 p 11 to p 13 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 11 represents a single bond, p 11 represents 1, when L 12 represents a single bond, p 12 represents 1, and when L 13 represents a single bond, p 13 represents 1. As p 11 to p 13 , an integer of 1 to 5 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 3 is still more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.

化學式(2)中,X 21表示氫原子或-L 21-(R 21)p 21。X 22表示氫原子或-L 22-(R 22)p 22。R 21〜R 24分別獨立地表示取代基。R 21〜R 24中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 21表示單鍵或p 21+1價的連結基。L 22表示單鍵或p 22+1價的連結基。L 23表示單鍵或p 23+1價的連結基。L 24表示單鍵或p 24+1價的連結基。R 21、R 22及R 24中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。p 21〜p 24各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,L 21表示單鍵之情況下,p 21表示1,L 22表示單鍵之情況下,p 22表示1,L 23表示單鍵之情況下,p 23表示1,L 24表示單鍵之情況下,p 24表示1。n 21表示1以上的整數。 In the chemical formula (2), X 21 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 21 -(R 21 )p 21 . X 22 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 22 -(R 22 )p 22 . R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 21 to R 24 represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 21 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 21 +1. L 22 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 22 +1. L 23 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 23 +1. L 24 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 24 +1. At least two of R 21 , R 22 and R 24 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. p 21 to p 24 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L21 represents a single bond, p21 represents 1, when L22 represents a single bond, p22 represents 1, when L23 represents a single bond, p23 represents 1, and L24 represents a single bond In this case, p 24 represents 1. n 21 represents an integer of 1 or more.

X 21及X 22中的至少一個表示氫原子較佳,X 21及X 22兩者表示氫原子更佳。    L 21、R 21及p 21、與L 22、R 22及p 22如後所述。 At least one of X 21 and X 22 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and both X 21 and X 22 are more preferably a hydrogen atom. L 21 , R 21 and p 21 , and L 22 , R 22 and p 22 are described below.

作為R 21〜R 24所表示的取代基,例如,可舉出前述化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13所表示的取代基。    R 21〜R 24中的1~4個表示取代基X較佳,R 21〜R 24中的一個或兩個表示取代基X進一步較佳,R 21及R 24中的一個或兩個表示取代基X更佳,R 24中的一個表示取代基X特佳。    彼此能夠存在多個的R 21、彼此能夠存在多個的R 22、彼此能夠存在多個的R 23 以及彼此能夠存在多個的R 24,可以分別相同或不同。    此外,R 21、R 22及R 24中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。R 21或R 22中的一個與R 24相互鍵結而形成環較佳。前述形成的環,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。 Examples of substituents represented by R 21 to R 24 include substituents represented by R 11 to R 13 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1). 1 to 4 of R 21 to R 24 are preferably substituents X, one or two of R 21 to R 24 are more preferably substituents X, and one or both of R 21 and R 24 are substituents The group X is more preferred, and one of R24 represents the substituent X is particularly preferred. R 21 that may exist in plural, R 22 that may exist in plural, R 23 that may exist in plural , and R 24 that may exist in plural may be the same or different. In addition, at least two of R 21 , R 22 and R 24 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. One of R 21 or R 22 and R 24 are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed above may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.

p 21+1價、p 22+1價、p 23+1價及p 24+1價為二價之情況下,作為L 21〜L 24,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N(R N表示取代基)-、烴基(例如伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及將該等組合而成之基團。    前述基團,可以更具有取代基。作為前述取代基,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團。    作為p 21〜p 24,1~5的整數較佳,1~3的整數進一步較佳,1更佳。 When p 21 +1 valence, p 22 +1 valence, p 23 +1 valence, and p 24 +1 valence are divalent, examples of L 21 to L 24 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N ( RN represents a substituent)-, hydrocarbon groups (such as alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenyl and aryl, etc.) and the combined groups. The aforementioned groups may further have substituents. As said substituent, the group illustrated by substituent K is mentioned. As p 21 to p 24 , an integer of 1 to 5 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 3 is still more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.

n 21表示1以上的整數。    作為n 21,1~5的整數較佳,1~3的整數進一步較佳,1或2更佳,1特佳。 n 21 represents an integer of 1 or more. As n 21 , an integer of 1 to 5 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 3 is still more preferable, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 1 is particularly preferable.

化學式(3)中,X 31表示氫原子或-L 31-(R 31)p 31。R 31及R 32分別獨立地表示取代基。R 31及R 32中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 31表示單鍵或p 31+1價的連結基。L 32表示單鍵或p 32+1價的連結基。p 31及p 32各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 31表示單鍵之情況下,p 31表示1,當L 32表示單鍵之情況下,p 32表示1。Ar 31表示芳香環基。 In the chemical formula (3), X 31 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 31 -(R 31 )p 31 . R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 31 and R 32 represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 31 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 31 +1. L 32 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 32 +1. p 31 and p 32 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 31 represents a single bond, p 31 represents 1, and when L 32 represents a single bond, p 32 represents 1. Ar 31 represents an aromatic ring group.

作為X 31,-L 31-(R 31)p 31較佳。L 31、R 31及p 31如後所述。 X 31 is preferably -L 31 -(R 31 )p 31 . L 31 , R 31 and p 31 are as described below.

作為由R 31和R 32表示的取代基,例如,可舉出由前述化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13所表示的取代基。    R 31及R 32中的一個表示取代基X較佳,R 31中的一個表示取代基X更佳。    彼此能夠存在多個的R 31及彼此能夠存在多個的R 32,可以分別相同或不同。    p 31+1價及p 32+1價為二價之情況下,作為L 31,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及將該等組合而成之基團。    前述基團,可以更具有取代基。作為前述取代基,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團。    作為p 31及p 32,1~5的整數較佳,1~3的整數進一步較佳,1更佳。 As the substituents represented by R 31 and R 32 , for example, substituents represented by R 11 to R 13 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1) can be mentioned. One of R 31 and R 32 is preferably a substituent X, and one of R 31 is more preferably a substituent X. R 31 that may exist in plural and R 32 that may exist in plural may be the same or different. When p 31 +1 valence and p 32 +1 valence are divalent, examples of L 31 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N— (R N represents a substituent), a hydrocarbon group (such as an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylylene group, etc.), and a group formed by combining them. The aforementioned groups may further have substituents. As said substituent, the group illustrated by substituent K is mentioned. As p 31 and p 32 , an integer of 1-5 is preferable, an integer of 1-3 is still more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.

Ar 31表示芳香環基。    前述芳香環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    作為前述芳香環基之員環原子數,較佳為5~15。前述芳香環基之員環原子可以具有一個以上(例如1~5)的雜原子(例如,氧原子、硫原子以及氮原子等)。    作為構成前述芳香環基之芳香環,例如,可舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族烴環、以及苯並噻唑等噻唑環等芳香族雜環,芳香族烴環較佳,苯環更佳。 Ar 31 represents an aromatic ring group. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of ring atoms that are members of the aforementioned aromatic ring group is preferably from 5 to 15. The member ring atoms of the aforementioned aromatic ring group may have one or more (for example, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.). As the aromatic ring constituting the aforementioned aromatic ring group, for example, aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, and anthracene ring, and aromatic heterocyclic rings such as thiazole rings such as benzothiazole, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferred, and benzene Ring is better.

化學式(4)中,X 41表示氫原子或-L 41-(R 41)p 41。X 42表示氫原子或-L 42-(R 42)p 42。R 41〜R 43分別獨立地表示取代基。R 41〜R 43中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 41表示單鍵或p 41+1價的連結基。L 42表示單鍵或p 42+1價的連結基。L 43表示單鍵或p 43+1價的連結基。R 41和R 42可以相互鍵結而形成環。p 41〜p 43各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 41表示單鍵之情況下,p 41表示1,當L 42表示單鍵之情況下,p 42表示1,當L 43表示單鍵之情況下,p 43表示1。 In the chemical formula (4), X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 41 -(R 41 )p 41 . X 42 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 42 -(R 42 )p 42 . R 41 to R 43 each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 41 to R 43 represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 41 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 41 +1. L 42 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 42 +1. L 43 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 43 +1. R 41 and R 42 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. p 41 to p 43 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 41 represents a single bond, p 41 represents 1, when L 42 represents a single bond, p 42 represents 1, and when L 43 represents a single bond, p 43 represents 1.

X 41表示氫原子或-L 41-(R 41)p 41。X 42表示氫原子或-L 42-(R 42)p 42。    作為X 41,-L 41-(R 41)p 41較佳。作為X 42,-L 42-(R 42)p 42較佳。L 41、R 41及p 41、與L 42、R 42及p 42如後所述。 X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 41 -(R 41 )p 41 . X 42 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 42 -(R 42 )p 42 . As X 41 , -L 41 -(R 41 )p 41 is preferable. X 42 is preferably -L 42 -(R 42 )p 42 . L 41 , R 41 and p 41 , and L 42 , R 42 and p 42 are described below.

作為由R 41〜R 43所表示的取代基,可舉出前述化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13所表示的取代基。    R 41〜R 43中的1~3個表示取代基X較佳,R 41及R 42中的一個或兩個表示取代基X更佳。    彼此能夠存在多個的R 41、彼此能夠存在多個的R 42以及彼此能夠存在多個的R 43,可以分別相同或不同。    p 41+1價、p 42+1價及p 43+1價為二價之情況下,作為L 41〜L 43,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及將該等組合而成之基團。    前述基團,可以更具有取代基。作為前述取代基,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團。    R 41和R 42可以相互鍵結而形成環。前述形成的環,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    作為p 41〜p 43,1~5的整數較佳,1~3的整數進一步較佳,1更佳。 Examples of substituents represented by R 41 to R 43 include substituents represented by R 11 to R 13 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1). 1 to 3 of R 41 to R 43 are preferably substituent X, and one or two of R 41 and R 42 are more preferably substituent X. R 41 that may exist in plural, R 42 that may exist in plural, and R 43 that may exist in plural may be the same or different from each other. When p 41 +1 valence, p 42 +1 valence and p 43 +1 valence are divalent, examples of L 41 to L 43 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO -, -SO 2 -, -NR N - ( RN represents a substituent), hydrocarbon groups (such as alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, arylylene, etc.) and groups formed by combining them . The aforementioned groups may further have substituents. As said substituent, the group illustrated by substituent K is mentioned. R 41 and R 42 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed above may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. As p 41 to p 43 , an integer of 1 to 5 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 3 is still more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.

作為由化學式(1)所表示的化合物,由化學式(5)所表示的化合物較佳。As the compound represented by the chemical formula (1), a compound represented by the chemical formula (5) is preferable.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

化學式(5)中,X 51表示氫原子或-L 51-(R 51)p 51。R 51及R 52分別獨立地表示取代基。R 51及R 52中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 51表示單鍵或p 51+1價的連結基。L 52表示單鍵或p 52+1價的連結基。p 51及p 52各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 51表示單鍵之情況下,p 51表示1,當L 52表示單鍵之情況下,p 52表示1。Y 51表示具有-CO-N-CO-的環。 In the chemical formula (5), X 51 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 51 -(R 51 )p 51 . R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 51 and R 52 represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 51 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 51 +1. L 52 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 52 +1. p 51 and p 52 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 51 represents a single bond, p 51 represents 1, and when L 52 represents a single bond, p 52 represents 1. Y 51 represents a ring with -CO-N-CO-.

作為X 51,-L 51-(R 51)p 51較佳。L 51、R 51及p 51如後所述。 As X 51 , -L 51 -(R 51 )p 51 is preferable. L 51 , R 51 and p 51 are as described below.

作為由R 51及R 52所表示的取代基,例如,可舉出由前述化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13表示的取代基。    R 51及R 52中的一個表示取代基X較佳,R 51中的一個表示取代基X更佳。    彼此能夠存在多個的R 51及彼此能夠存在多個的R 52,可以分別相同或不同。    p 51+1價及p 52+1價為二價之情況下,作為L 51及L 52,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及將該等組合而成之基團。    前述基團,可以更具有取代基。作為前述取代基,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團。    作為p 51及p 52,1~5的整數較佳,1~3的整數進一步較佳,1更佳。 As the substituents represented by R 51 and R 52 , for example, substituents represented by R 11 to R 13 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1) can be mentioned. One of R 51 and R 52 preferably represents the substituent X, and one of R 51 represents the substituent X is more preferable. R 51 that may exist in plural and R 52 that may exist in plural may be the same or different from each other. When p 51 +1 valence and p 52 +1 valence are divalent, examples of L 51 and L 52 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 - , -NR N - (R N represents a substituent), a hydrocarbon group (such as an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylylene group, etc.) and a group formed by combining them. The aforementioned groups may further have substituents. As said substituent, the group illustrated by substituent K is mentioned. As p 51 and p 52 , an integer of 1-5 is preferable, an integer of 1-3 is still more preferable, and 1 is more preferable.

Y 51表示具有-CO-N-CO-的環。    作為前述環,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    作為前述環的員環原子數,較佳為5~20。前述環之員環原子可以具有四個以上(例如1~5)的雜原子(例如,氧原子、硫原子以及氮原子等)。    作為前述環,例如,可舉出醯亞胺環,以及將醯亞胺環與選自由脂環及芳香環所構成的組中的環組合而成的環。    作為前述環,以多環為較佳,具有至少一個以上的脂環及芳香環的多環更佳。前述多環亦可以為縮環。    作為醯亞胺環,例如,可舉出馬來醯亞胺環、琥珀醯亞胺環及戊二醯亞胺環。    作為脂環,可舉出環烷烴及環烯烴等單環的脂環、以及雙環十一烷、十氫化萘、降冰片烯、降冰片二烯和金剛烷等多環的脂環。    作為芳香環,例如,可舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族同素環、以及苯並噻唑等噻唑環等芳香族雜環,芳香族同素環較佳,苯環或萘環更佳。 Y 51 represents a ring with -CO-N-CO-. Any of monocyclic and polycyclic rings may be used as the aforementioned ring. The number of ring members of the aforementioned ring is preferably 5-20. The member ring atoms of the aforementioned ring may have four or more (for example, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.). Examples of the aforementioned ring include an imide ring and a ring in which an imide ring is combined with a ring selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic ring and an aromatic ring. As the aforementioned ring, a polycyclic ring is preferable, and a polycyclic ring having at least one alicyclic ring and an aromatic ring is more preferable. The aforementioned polycyclic ring may also be a condensed ring. Examples of the imide ring include a maleimide ring, a succinimide ring, and a glutarimide ring. Examples of the alicyclic ring include monocyclic alicyclic rings such as cycloalkane and cycloalkene, and polycyclic alicyclic rings such as bicycloundecane, decalin, norbornene, norbornadiene, and adamantane. Examples of aromatic rings include aromatic homocyclic rings such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, and anthracene rings, and aromatic heterocyclic rings such as thiazole rings such as benzothiazole, preferably aromatic homocyclic rings, and benzene rings or naphthalene rings. better.

作為特定化合物,例如,可舉出下述化合物。As a specific compound, the following compounds are mentioned, for example.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

特定化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。    在光阻劑組成物包含特定化合物之情況下,特定化合物的含量,相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,0.5質量%以上較佳,1.0質量%以上進一步較佳,5.0質量%以上更佳。相對於光阻劑組成物的總固體成分,其上限以40.0質量%以下較佳,30.0質量%以下更佳。    使用兩種以上之情況下,較佳為其合計含量在前述優選含量範圍內者。One type of specific compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. When the photoresist composition contains a specific compound, the content of the specific compound is preferably at least 0.5% by mass, more preferably at least 1.0% by mass, more preferably at least 5.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photoresist composition. good. The upper limit is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. In the case of using two or more, it is preferred that the total content is within the aforementioned preferred content range.

〔樹脂A〕    樹脂A具有由化學式(A)所表示的重複單元A。    樹脂A以更具有選自由重複單元a及重複單元b所構成的組中的至少一種較佳。    此外,光阻劑組成物於僅滿足條件A之情況下,樹脂A具有酸分解性基(重複單元b較佳)。此外,光阻劑組成物於僅滿足條件B之情況下,樹脂A具有重複單元a,樹脂A中的重複單元a的含量相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,為10莫耳%以上。[Resin A] Resin A has a repeating unit A represented by the chemical formula (A). Resin A preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of repeating unit a and repeating unit b. In addition, when the photoresist composition only satisfies condition A, resin A has acid-decomposable groups (preferably repeating unit b). In addition, when the photoresist composition only satisfies condition B, resin A has repeating unit a, and the content of repeating unit a in resin A is 10 mol% or more relative to all repeating units of resin A.

<重複單元A><Repeating Unit A>

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009

化學式(A)中,R A1〜R A3各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Ar A表示芳香環基。R A2和Ar A可以相互鍵結而形成環。n A表示1~5的整數。 In the chemical formula (A), R A1 to R A3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ar A represents an aromatic ring group. R A2 and Ar A may be bonded to each other to form a ring. n A represents an integer of 1-5.

R A1〜R A3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。    前述烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。前述烷基的碳數,1~6較佳,1~3更佳。    前述環烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。作為前述環烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    作為鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。    作為前述烷氧羰基的碳數,較佳為1~10。作為前述烷氧羰基中的烷基部分,例如,可舉出與前述烷基相同的基團。    前述烷基、前述環烷基及前述烷氧羰基更可以具有取代基。作為前述取代基,例如,可舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、胺基、醯胺基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、硫醚基、醯基、醯氧基、烷氧羰基、氰基及硝基。    作為R A1及R A2,氫原子或烷基較佳,氫原子更佳。    作為R A3,氫原子或烷基較佳,氫原子或烷基進一步較佳,氫原子或甲基更佳。 R A1 to R A3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The aforementioned alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. The aforementioned cycloalkyl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. As carbon number of the said cycloalkyl group, 3-15 are preferable. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. As carbon number of the said alkoxycarbonyl group, 1-10 are preferable. As an alkyl moiety in the said alkoxycarbonyl group, the thing similar to the said alkyl group is mentioned, for example. The aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned cycloalkyl group, and the aforementioned alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the aforementioned substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amido group, a urea group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and a thioether group. group, acyl group, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. As R A1 and R A2 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable. R A3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, further preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為前述二價的連結基,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及將該等組合而成之基團。前述烴基,更可以具有取代基。作為前述取代基,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團。    作為L A,單鍵、或-COO-、-CONR A-(R A表示氫原子或烷基)、伸烷基或將該等組合而成之基團較佳,單鍵或-COO-更佳。 L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N - (R N represents a substituent), hydrocarbon group ( For example, alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, arylylene group, etc.) and groups formed by combining them. The aforementioned hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent. As said substituent, the group illustrated by substituent K is mentioned. As LA , a single bond, or -COO-, -CONRA - ( RA represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group), an alkylene group, or a combination thereof is preferred, and a single bond or -COO- is more preferred. good.

Ar A表示芳香環基。    前述芳香環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    作為前述芳香環基之員環原子數,5~15較佳,6~12更佳。作為前述芳香環基之員環原子,可以具有一個以上(例如1~5)的雜原子(例如,氧原子、硫原子及氮原子等)。    作為前述芳香環基,較佳為苯環基、甲苯環基、萘環基及蒽環基等碳數為6~18的芳香族烴環基,或者噻吩環基、呋喃環基、吡咯環基、苯並噻吩環基、苯並呋喃環基、苯並吡咯環基、三嗪環基、咪唑環基、苯並咪唑環基、三唑環基、噻二唑環基和噻唑環基等芳香族雜環基。前述芳香環更可以具有取代基。作為前述取代基,例如,可舉出由取代基K所例示之基團,烷基或鹵素原子較佳,氟原子、氯原子、碘原子或溴原子更佳。    作為前述芳香環基,可以具有鹵素原子的伸苯基及可以具有鹵素原子的伸萘基等二價伸芳基、或者從前述二價伸芳基中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成的三價或四價之基團較佳,可以具有鹵素原子的伸苯基、或者從前述二價伸苯基中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成的三價或四價之基團更佳。 Ar A represents an aromatic ring group. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of ring atoms of the aforementioned aromatic ring group is preferably from 5 to 15, more preferably from 6 to 12. As a member ring atom of the aforementioned aromatic ring group, one or more (for example, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) may be included. The aforementioned aromatic ring group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a benzene ring group, a toluene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracene ring group, or a thiophene ring group, a furan ring group, or a pyrrole ring group. , benzothiophene ring group, benzofuran ring group, benzopyrrole ring group, triazine ring group, imidazole ring group, benzimidazole ring group, triazole ring group, thiadiazole ring group and thiazole ring group and other aromatic Family heterocyclic group. The aforementioned aromatic ring may further have a substituent. As the aforementioned substituents, for example, the groups exemplified by the substituent K are mentioned, and an alkyl group or a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, iodine atom or bromine atom is more preferable. As the aforementioned aromatic ring group, divalent arylylene groups such as a phenylene group having a halogen atom and a naphthylene group that may have a halogen atom, or a trivalent arylylene group formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from the aforementioned divalent arylylene group. A valent or tetravalent group is preferable, and a phenylene group which may have a halogen atom, or a trivalent or tetravalent group formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from the aforementioned divalent phenylene group is more preferable.

R A2和Ar A,可以相互鍵結而形成環。    R A2和Ar A形成環之情況下,R A2表示單鍵或伸烷基較佳。    作為R A2和Ar A鍵結而形成的環,例如,可舉出苊烯環及茚環等多環。 R A2 and Ar A may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When R A2 and Ar A form a ring, R A2 preferably represents a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the ring formed by bonding R A2 and Ar A include polycyclic rings such as acenaphthylene rings and indene rings.

n A表示1~5的整數。作為n A,1~3的整數較佳,1~2的整數更佳。 n A represents an integer of 1-5. As n A , an integer of 1-3 is preferable, and an integer of 1-2 is more preferable.

作為重複單元A,較佳為由化學式(A1)所表示之重複單元A1。As repeating unit A, repeating unit A1 represented by chemical formula (A1) is preferable.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
[chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

化學式(A1)中,R A11表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子或氰基。R A12表示鹵素、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烯基、芳烷基、烷氧基、烷基羰氧基、烷基磺醯氧基、烷氧羰基或芳氧基羰基。n A11表示1~5的整數。n A12表示0~4的整數。n A11+n A12表示1~5的整數。 In the chemical formula (A1), R A11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. R A12 represents halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkenyl, aralkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylsulfonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl. n A11 represents an integer of 1-5. n A12 represents an integer of 0-4. n A11 +n A12 represents an integer of 1-5.

R A11表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子或氰基。R A11與前述化學式(A)中的R A3含義相同,優選方式亦相同。 R A11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. R A11 has the same meaning as R A3 in the aforementioned chemical formula (A), and the preferred mode is also the same.

R A12表示鹵素、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烯基、芳烷基、烷氧基、烷基羰氧基、烷基磺醯氧基、烷氧羰基或芳氧基羰基。    作為R A12,鹵素原子較佳,氟原子、氯原子、碘原子或溴原子更佳。    R A12存在多個之情況下,R A12彼此可以相同或不同。 R A12 represents halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkenyl, aralkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylsulfonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl. As R A12 , a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, iodine atom or bromine atom is more preferable. When a plurality of R A12 exists, R A12 may be the same or different from each other.

n A11表示1~5的整數。n A12表示0~4的整數。n A11+n A12表示1~5的整數。    作為n A11,1~3的整數較佳,1~2的整數更佳。作為n A12,0~3的整數較佳,0~2的整數更佳。作為n A11+n A12,較佳為1~3的整數。 n A11 represents an integer of 1-5. n A12 represents an integer of 0-4. n A11 +n A12 represents an integer of 1-5. As n A11 , an integer of 1-3 is preferable, and an integer of 1-2 is more preferable. As n A12 , an integer of 0-3 is preferable, and an integer of 0-2 is more preferable. As n A11 +n A12 , an integer of 1-3 is preferable.

作為重複單元A,例如,可舉出下述的重複單元。    以下記述中,a表示1~3的整數。As repeating unit A, the following repeating units are mentioned, for example. In the following description, a represents an integer from 1 to 3.

[化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
[chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image013

[化學式8]

Figure 02_image015
Figure 02_image017
[chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image015
Figure 02_image017

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image019
[chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image019

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image021
[chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image021

重複單元A,可以單獨使用一種或使用兩種以上。    重複單元A的含量,相對於樹脂A中的全部重複單元,超過0莫耳%較佳,5莫耳%以上進一步較佳,10莫耳%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,70莫耳%以下較佳,65莫耳%以下進一步較佳,60莫耳%以下更佳。As the repeating unit A, one kind can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used. The content of the repeating unit A is preferably more than 0 mol%, further preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all the repeating units in the resin A. The upper limit is preferably not more than 70 mol%, further preferably not more than 65 mol%, and more preferably not more than 60 mol%, based on the total repeating units of the resin A.

<重複單元a>    重複單元a係具有特定基之重複單元。    特定基既可以與重複單元a的主鏈直接鍵結,亦可以構成重複單元a的主鏈的一部分。具體地說,主鏈為乙烯鏈之情況下,前述乙烯鏈的一部分可以由特定基構成。源自於特定化合物M-40,且由化學式(ae)所表示之重複單元包含在重複單元a中。    重複單元a為具有藉由曝光分解而產生極性基之基團的重複單元。具有重複單元a的樹脂A,藉由曝光而極性增加,相對於鹼性顯影液溶解度增加,相對於有機溶劑溶解度減小。<Repeating unit a> Repeating unit a is a repeating unit with a specific base. The specific group can be directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit a, or form a part of the main chain of the repeating unit a. Specifically, when the main chain is an ethylene chain, a part of the ethylene chain may be composed of a specific group. The repeating unit derived from the specific compound M-40 and represented by the chemical formula (ae) is included in the repeating unit a. The repeating unit a is a repeating unit having a group that generates a polar group by decomposition by exposure. Resin A having a repeating unit a increases in polarity by exposure, increases solubility in an alkaline developing solution, and decreases solubility in an organic solvent.

(特定基)    特定基係從特定化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基。    特定基藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而分解,產生極性基。    特定基,以具有選自由化學式(1a)~(4a)中的任一個所表示之基團及由化學式(1b)~(5b)中的任一個所表示之基團而成的組中的至少一個較佳,具有選自由化學式(1a)~(4a)中的任一個所表示之基團而成的組中的至少一個進一步較佳,具有選自由化學式(1a)~(3a)中的任一個所表示之基團而成的組中的至少一個更佳,具有選自由化學式(1a)所表示之基團及由(2a)所表示之基團而成的組中的至少一個特佳,具有由化學式(2a)所表示之基團最佳。(Specific group) A specific group is a residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from a specific compound. Specific groups are decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to produce polar groups. The specific group has at least A preferred one, having at least one group selected from any one of the groups represented by any of the chemical formulas (1a) to (4a), further preferably having any of the groups selected from the chemical formulas (1a) to (3a) More preferably at least one of the groups represented by one, at least one selected from the group represented by the chemical formula (1a) and the group represented by (2a) is particularly preferred, It is most preferable to have a group represented by the chemical formula (2a).

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image023
[chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image023

化學式(1a)中,X 11a表示氫原子或-L 11a-(R 11a)p 11a。R 11a及R 13a分別獨立地表示取代基。R 11a及R 13a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。R 11a和R 13a,可以相互鍵結而形成環。L 11a表示單鍵或p 11a+1價的連結基。L 12a表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L 13a表示單鍵或p 13a+1價的連結基。p 11a及p 13a各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 11a表示單鍵之情況下,p 11a表示1,當L 13a表示單鍵之情況下,p 13a表示1。*表示鍵結位置。    X 11a、L 11a、L 13a、R 11a、R 13a、p 11a及p 13a分別與前述化學式(1)中的X 11、L 11、L 13、R 11、R 13、p 11及p 13含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 12a,可舉出前述化學式(1)中的L 12可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (1a), X 11a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 11a -(R 11a )p 11a . R 11a and R 13a each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 11a and R 13a represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. R 11a and R 13a may be bonded to each other to form a ring. L 11a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 11a +1. L 12a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 13a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 13a +1. p 11a and p 13a each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. However, when L 11a represents a single bond, p 11a represents 1, and when L 13a represents a single bond, p 13a represents 1. * Indicates bond position. X 11a , L 11a , L 13a , R 11a , R 13a , p 11a and p 13a have the meanings of X 11 , L 11 , L 13 , R 11 , R 13 , p 11 and p 13 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1) respectively The same, the preferred way is also the same. Examples of L 12a include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1).

作為化學式(1a)所表示之基團,較佳為化學式(5a)所表示之基團。The group represented by the chemical formula (1a) is preferably a group represented by the chemical formula (5a).

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image025
[chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image025

化學式(5a)中,X 51a表示氫原子或-L 51a-(R 51a)p 51a。R 51a各自獨立地表示取代基。R 51a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 51a表示單鍵或p 51a+1價的連結基。L 52a表示單鍵或二價的連結基。p 1a表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 51a表示單鍵之情況下,p 51a表示1。Y 51a表示具有-CO-N-CO-的環。*表示鍵結位置。    X 51a、L 51a、R 51a、Y 51a及p 51a分別與前述化學式(5)中的X 51、L 51、R 51、Y 51及p 51含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 52a,可舉出前述化學式(5)中的L 52可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (5a), X 51a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 51a -(R 51a )p 51a . R 51a each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 51a represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 51a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 51a +1. L 52a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. p 5 1a represents an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 51a represents a single bond, p 51a represents 1. Y 51a represents a ring having -CO-N-CO-. * Indicates bond position. X 51a , L 51a , R 51a , Y 51a and p 51a have the same meanings as X 51 , L 51 , R 51 , Y 51 and p 51 in the aforementioned chemical formula (5), and the preferred modes are also the same. Examples of L 52a include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 52 in the aforementioned chemical formula (5).

化學式(2a)中,X 21a表示氫原子或-L 21a-(R 21a)p 21a。X 22a表示氫原子或-L 22a-(R 22a)p 22a。R 21a、R 22a及R 24a分別獨立地表示取代基。R 21a、R 22a及R 24a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 21a表示單鍵或p 21a+1價的連結基。L 22a表示單鍵或p 22a+1價的連結基。L 23a表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L 24a表示單鍵或p 24a+1價的連結基。R 21a、R 22a及R 24a中的至少兩個,可以相互鍵結而形成環。p 21a、p 22a及p 24a各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 21a表示單鍵之情況下,p 21a表示1,當L 22a表示單鍵之情況下,p 22a表示1,當L 24a表示單鍵之情況下,p 24a表示1。n 21a表示1以上的整數。*表示鍵結位置。    X 21a、X 22a、L 21a、L 22a、L 24a、R 21a、R 22a、R 24a、p 21a、p 22a、p 24a及n 21a分別與前述化學式(2)中的X 21、X 22、L 21、L 22、L 24、R 21、R 22、R 24、p 21、p 22、p 24及n 21含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 23a,可舉出前述化學式(2)中的L 23可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (2a), X 21a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 21a -(R 21a )p 21a . X 22a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 22a -(R 22a )p 22a . R 21a , R 22a and R 24a each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 21a , R 22a and R 24a represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 21a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 21a +1. L 22a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 22a +1. L 23a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 24a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 24a +1. At least two of R 21a , R 22a and R 24a may be bonded to each other to form a ring. p 21a , p 22a and p 24a each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 21a represents a single bond, p 21a represents 1, when L 22a represents a single bond, p 22a represents 1, and when L 24a represents a single bond, p 24a represents 1. n 21a represents an integer of 1 or more. * Indicates bond position. X 21a , X 22a , L 21a , L 22a , L 24a , R 21a , R 22a , R 24a , p 21a , p 22a , p 24a and n 21a are respectively the same as X 21 , X 22 , L 21 , L 22 , L 24 , R 21 , R 22 , R 24 , p 21 , p 22 , p 24 and n 21 have the same meanings, and the preferred modes are also the same. Examples of L 23a include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 23 in the aforementioned chemical formula (2).

化學式(3a)中,X 31a表示氫原子或-L 31a-(R 31a)p 31a。R 31a各自獨立地表示取代基。R 31a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 31a表示單鍵或p 31a+1價的連結基。L 32a表示單鍵或二價的連結基。p 31a表示1以上的整數。其中,L 31a表示單鍵之情況下,p 31a表示1。Ar 31a表示芳香環基。*表示鍵結位置。    X 31a、L 31a、R 31a、p 31a及Ar 31a分別與前述化學式(3)中的X 31、L 31、R 31、p 31及Ar 31含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 32a,可舉出前述化學式(3)中的L 32可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (3a), X 31a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 31a -(R 31a )p 31a . R 31a each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 31a represents a substituent whose σp in Hammet's law exceeds 0. L 31a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 31a +1. L 32a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. p 31a represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when L 31a represents a single bond, p 31a represents 1. Ar 31a represents an aromatic ring group. * Indicates bond position. X 31a , L 31a , R 31a , p 31a and Ar 31a have the same meanings as X 31 , L 31 , R 31 , p 31 and Ar 31 in the aforementioned chemical formula (3), and the preferred modes are also the same. Examples of L 32a include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 32 in the aforementioned chemical formula (3).

化學式(4a)中,X 41a表示氫原子或-L 41a-(R 41a)p 41a。X 42a表示氫原子或-L 42a-(R 42a)p 42a。R 41a及R 42a分別獨立地表示取代基。R 41a及R 42a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 41a表示單鍵或p 41a+1價的連結基。L 42a表示單鍵或p 42a+1價的連結基。L 43a表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R 41a和R 42a可以相互鍵結而形成環。p 41a及p 42a各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 41a表示單鍵之情況下,p 41a表示1,當L 42a表示單鍵之情況下,p 42a表示1。*表示鍵結位置。    X 41a、X 42a、L 41a、L 42a、R 41a、R 42a、p 41a及p 42a分別與前述化學式(4)中的X 41、X 42、L 41、L 42、R 41、R 42、p 41及p 42含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 43a,可舉出前述化學式(4)中的L 43可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (4a), X 41a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 41a -(R 41a )p 41a . X 42a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 42a -(R 42a )p 42a . R 41a and R 42a each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 41a and R 42a represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 41a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 41a +1. L 42a represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 42a +1. L 43a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 41a and R 42a may be bonded to each other to form a ring. p 41a and p 42a each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. However, when L 41a represents a single bond, p 41a represents 1, and when L 42a represents a single bond, p 42a represents 1. * Indicates bond position. X 41a , X 42a , L 41a , L 42a , R 41a , R 42a , p 41a and p 42a are respectively combined with X 41 , X 42 , L 41 , L 42 , R 41 , R 42 , p 41 and p 42 have the same meaning, and the preferred mode is also the same. Examples of L 43a include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 43 in the aforementioned chemical formula (4).

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image027
[chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image027

化學式(1b)中,X 11b表示氫原子或-L 11b-(R 11b)p 11b。R 11b及R 12b分別獨立地表示取代基。R 11b及R 12b中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 11b表示單鍵或p 11b+1價的連結基。L 12b表示單鍵或p 12b+1價的連結基。L 13b表示單鍵或二價的連結基。p 11b及p 12b各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 11b表示單鍵之情況下,p 11b表示1,當L 12b表示單鍵之情況下,p 12b表示1。*表示鍵結位置。    X 11b、L 11b、L 12b、R 11b、R 12b、p 11b及p 12b分別與前述化學式(1)中的X 11、L 11、L 12、R 11、R 12、p 11及p 12含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 13b,可舉出前述化學式(1)中的L 13可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (1b), X 11b represents a hydrogen atom or -L 11b -(R 11b )p 11b . R 11b and R 12b each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 11b and R 12b represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 11b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 11b +1. L 12b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 12b +1. L 13b represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. p 11b and p 12b each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. However, when L 11b represents a single bond, p 11b represents 1, and when L 12b represents a single bond, p 12b represents 1. * Indicates bond position. X 11b , L 11b , L 12b , R 11b , R 12b , p 11b and p 12b have the meanings of X 11 , L 11 , L 12 , R 11 , R 12 , p 11 and p 12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1) respectively The same, the preferred way is also the same. Examples of L 13b include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 13 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1).

化學式(2b)中,X 21b表示氫原子或-L 21b-(R 21b)p 21b。X 22b表示氫原子或-L 22b-(R 22b)p 22b。R 21b〜R 23b分別獨立地表示取代基。R 21b〜R 23b中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 21b表示單鍵或p 12b+1價的連結基。L 22b表示單鍵或p 22b+1價的連結基。L 23b表示單鍵或p 23b+1價的連結基。L 24b表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R 21b及R 22b可以相互鍵結而形成環。p 21b〜p 23b各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 21b表示單鍵之情況下,p 21b表示1,當L 22b表示單鍵之情況下,p 22b表示1,當L 23b表示單鍵之情況下,p 23b表示1。n 21b表示1以上的整數。*表示鍵結位置。    X 21b、X 22b、L 21b~L 23b、R 21b~R 23b、p 21b~p 23b及n 21b分別與前述化學式(2)中的X 21、X 22、L 21~L 23、R 21~R 23、p 21~p 23及n 21含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 24b,可舉出前述化學式(2)中的L 24可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (2b), X 21b represents a hydrogen atom or -L 21b -(R 21b )p 21b . X 22b represents a hydrogen atom or -L 22b -(R 22b )p 22b . R 21b to R 23b each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 21b to R 23b represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 21b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 12b +1. L 22b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 22b +1. L 23b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of p 23b +1. L 24b represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 21b and R 22b may be bonded to each other to form a ring. p 21b to p 23b each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 21b represents a single bond, p 21b represents 1, when L 22b represents a single bond, p 22b represents 1, and when L 23b represents a single bond, p 23b represents 1. n 21b represents an integer of 1 or more. * Indicates bond position. X 21b , X 22b , L 21b ~L 23b , R 21b ~R 23b , p 21b ~p 23b and n 21b respectively correspond to X 21 , X 22 , L 21 ~L 23 , R 21 ~ R 23 , p 21 to p 23 and n 21 have the same meanings, and the preferred modes are also the same. Examples of L 24b include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 24 in the aforementioned chemical formula (2).

化學式(3b)中,R 32b各自獨立地表示取代基。R 32b中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 31b表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L 32b表示鍵或p 32b+1價的連結基。p 32b表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 32b表示單鍵之情況下,p 32b表示1。Ar 31b表示芳香環基。*表示鍵結位置。    R 32b、L 32b、p 32b及Ar 31b分別與前述化學式(3)中的R 32、L 32、p 32及Ar 31含義相同,優選方式亦相同    作為L 31b,可舉出前述化學式(3)中的L 31可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (3b), R 32b each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 32b represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 31b represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 32b represents a bond or a linking group of p 32b +1 valency. p 32b represents an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 32b represents a single bond, p 32b represents 1. Ar 31b represents an aromatic ring group. * Indicates bond position. R 32b , L 32b , p 32b and Ar 31b have the same meanings as R 32 , L 32 , p 32 and Ar 31 in the aforementioned chemical formula (3), respectively, and the preferred modes are also the same. As L 31b , the aforementioned chemical formula (3) can be cited. L 31 in may obtain a divalent linking group.

化學式(4b)中,X 41b表示氫原子、-L 41b-(R 41b)p 41b或-L 4b-*。X 42b表示氫原子、-L 42b-(R 42b)p 42b或-L 4b-*。X 41b和X 42b中的任一個表示-L 4b-*。L 4b表示二價的連結基。R 41b〜R 43b分別獨立地表示取代基。R 41b〜R 43b中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 41b表示單鍵或p 41b+1價的連結基。L 42b表示單鍵或p 42b+1價的連結基。L 43b表示單鍵或p 43b+1價的連結基。R 41b和R 42b可以相互鍵結而形成環。p 41b〜p 43b各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 41b表示單鍵之情況下,p 41b表示1,當L 42b表示單鍵之情況下,p 42b表示1,當L 43b表示單鍵之情況下,p 43b表示1。*表示鍵結位置。    X 41b、X 42b、L 41b〜L 43b、R 41b〜R 43b及p 41b〜p 43b分別與前述化學式(4)中的X 41、X 42、L 41〜L 43、R 41〜R 43及p 41〜p 43含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 4b,可舉出前述化學式(4)中的L 41及L 42可能取得之二價的連結基。 In the chemical formula (4b), X 41b represents a hydrogen atom, -L 41b -(R 41b )p 41b or -L 4b -*. X 42b represents a hydrogen atom, -L 42b -(R 42b )p 42b or -L 4b -*. Either one of X 41b and X 42b represents -L 4b -*. L 4b represents a divalent linking group. R 41b to R 43b each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 41b to R 43b represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 41b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 41b +1. L 42b represents a single bond or a linking group with a valence of p 42b +1. L 43b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 43b +1. R 41b and R 42b may be bonded to each other to form a ring. p 41b to p 43b each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 41b represents a single bond, p 41b represents 1, when L 42b represents a single bond, p 42b represents 1, and when L 43b represents a single bond, p 43b represents 1. * Indicates bond position. X 41b , X 42b , L 41b ~ L 43b , R 41b ~ R 43b and p 41b ~ p 43b are respectively combined with X 41 , X 42 , L 41 ~ L 43 , R 41 ~ R 43 and p 41 to p 43 have the same meaning, and the preferred mode is also the same. Examples of L 4b include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 41 and L 42 in the aforementioned chemical formula (4).

化學式(5b)中,R 52b各自獨立地表示取代基。R 52b中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基。L 51b表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L 52b表示單鍵或p 52b+1價的連結基。p 52b表示1以上的整數。其中,當L 52b表示單鍵之情況下,p 52b表示1。Y 51b表示具有-CO-N-CO-的環。n 5b表示1或2的整數。*表示鍵結位置。    R 52b、L 52b、p 52b及Y 51b分別與前述化學式(5)中的R 52、L 52、p 52及Y 51含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    作為L 51b,可舉出前述化學式(5)中的L 51可能取得之二價的連結基。    L 51b存在多個之情況下,L 51b彼此可以相同或不同。 In the chemical formula (5b), R 52b each independently represent a substituent. At least one of R 52b represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law. L 51b represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 52b represents a single bond or a linking group having a valency of p 52b +1. p 52b represents an integer of 1 or more. Wherein, when L 52b represents a single bond, p 52b represents 1. Y 51b represents a ring with -CO-N-CO-. n 5b represents an integer of 1 or 2. * Indicates bond position. R 52b , L 52b , p 52b and Y 51b have the same meanings as R 52 , L 52 , p 52 and Y 51 in the aforementioned chemical formula (5), and the preferred modes are also the same. Examples of L 51b include divalent linking groups that may be obtained by L 51 in the aforementioned chemical formula (5). When a plurality of L 51b exists, L 51b may be the same or different from each other.

作為重複單元a,較佳為化學式(a)所表示的重複單元。The repeating unit a is preferably a repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (a).

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image029
[chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image029

化學式(a)中,R a1〜R a3各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。L a1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。T表示特定基A。 In the chemical formula (a), R a1 to R a3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. T represents a specific group A.

R a1〜R a3各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。    作為R a1〜R a3,以各自獨立地氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基較佳,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基進一步較佳,氫原子或甲基更佳。 R a1 to R a3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As R a1 to R a3 , each independently hydrogen atom, alkyl, cycloalkyl, halogen atom, cyano or alkoxycarbonyl is preferred, hydrogen atom, halogen atom or alkyl is further preferred, hydrogen atom or methyl better.

L a1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為前述二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-、烴基(例如,伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)、以及將該等組合而成之基團。R N表示取代基。前述烴基更可以具有取代基,作為取代基,較佳為具有鹵素原子(氟原子為佳)。 L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the aforementioned divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N -, hydrocarbon groups (e.g., alkylene, cycloalkylene, group, alkenyl group and aryl group, etc.), and a group formed by combining them. R N represents a substituent. The aforementioned hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent, and preferably has a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) as the substituent.

前述伸烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。    前述伸烷基的碳數,較佳為1~4。    前述環伸烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    前述環伸烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    構成前述環伸烷基之環結構的-CH 2-的一個以上(例如一個或兩個),可以被雜原子(例如-O-及-S-等)、-SO 2-、-SO 3-、烷氧羰基或羰基取代。 The aforementioned alkylene group may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-4. The aforementioned cycloalkylene group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkylene group is preferably 3-15. One or more (for example, one or two) of -CH 2 - constituting the ring structure of the aforementioned cycloalkylene group may be replaced by heteroatoms (such as -O- and -S-, etc.), -SO 2 -, -SO 3 - , alkoxycarbonyl or carbonyl substitution.

T表示特定基A。    特定基A係從特定化合物中去除一個氫原子而形成之殘基。作為特定基A,例如,可舉出前述特定基中一價的基團。T represents a specific group A. The specific group A is a residue formed by removing a hydrogen atom from a specific compound. As the specific group A, for example, a monovalent group among the aforementioned specific groups can be mentioned.

作為重複單元a,較佳為由化學式(aa)~(ac)中的任一個所表示之重複單元。The repeating unit a is preferably a repeating unit represented by any one of the chemical formulas (aa) to (ac).

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image031
[chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image031

化學式(aa)中,R 1a〜R 3a各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。L 1a表示單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-、芳香環基或將該等組合而成之基團。Ar表示芳香環基。Z表示化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團,或化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的任一個所表示之基團。 In the chemical formula (aa), R 1a to R 3a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 1a represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, an aromatic ring group, or a combination thereof. Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Z represents a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a), or a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b).

R 1a~R 3a各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。    作為R 1a〜R 3a,以各自獨立地氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基較佳,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基進一步較佳,氫原子或甲基更佳。 R 1a to R 3a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As R 1a to R 3a , each independently hydrogen atom, alkyl, cycloalkyl, halogen atom, cyano or alkoxycarbonyl is preferred, hydrogen atom, halogen atom or alkyl is further preferred, hydrogen atom or methyl better.

L 1a表示單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-、芳香環基或將該等組合而成之基團。    前述伸烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。    前述伸烷基的碳數,較佳為1~4。    前述芳香環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    前述芳香環基之員環原子數,較佳為5~15。前述芳香環基,可以具有一個以上(例如1~5)的雜原子(例如氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等)作為員環原子。作為前述芳香環基,較佳為苯環基。    作為前述組合之基團,例如,可舉出-COO-伸烷基及-COO-芳香環基。    前述伸烷基及前述芳香環基,可以更具有取代基。    作為前述取代基,可舉出化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13可能取得之取代基。    作為L 1a,單鍵或伸烷基較佳,單鍵更佳。 L 1a represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, an aromatic ring group, or a combination thereof. The aforementioned alkylene group may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-4. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of ring atoms of the aforementioned aromatic ring group is preferably 5-15. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (eg, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, and/or nitrogen atom, etc.) as member ring atoms. As the aforementioned aromatic ring group, a benzene ring group is preferred. As the group of the aforementioned combination, for example, -COO-alkylene group and -COO-aromatic ring group are mentioned. The aforementioned alkylene group and the aforementioned aromatic ring group may further have a substituent. As the aforementioned substituents, possible substituents for R 11 to R 13 in the chemical formula (1) can be mentioned. As L 1a , a single bond or an alkylene group is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable.

Ar表示芳香環基。    前述芳香環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    前述芳香環基之員環原子數,較佳為5~15。    作為前述芳香環基之員環原子,可以具有一個以上(例如1~5)的雜原子(例如,氧原子、硫原子及氮原子等)。    前述芳香環基更可以具有取代基。    作為前述取代基,可舉出化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13可能取得之取代基。    作為前述芳香環基,伸苯基及伸萘基等伸芳基較佳,伸苯基更佳。 Ar represents an aromatic ring group. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of ring atoms of the aforementioned aromatic ring group is preferably 5-15. As a member ring atom of the aforementioned aromatic ring group, one or more (for example, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) may be included. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may further have a substituent. As the aforementioned substituents, possible substituents for R 11 to R 13 in the chemical formula (1) can be mentioned. As the aforementioned aromatic ring group, arylylene groups such as phenylene and naphthylene are preferable, and phenylene is more preferable.

Z表示化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團,或化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的任一個所表示之基團。    作為Z,化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團較佳,化學式(Z1a)~(Z3a)中的任一個所表示之基團進一步較佳,化學式(Z2a)所表示之基團更佳。Z represents a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a), or a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b). As Z, the group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a) is preferred, the group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z3a) is further preferred, and the group represented by the chemical formula (Z2a) The group is better.

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image033
[chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image033

化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的各個標記,分別與前述化學式(1)~(4)的各個標記含義相同,優選方式亦相同。*表示鍵結位置。The symbols in the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a) have the same meanings as the symbols in the aforementioned chemical formulas (1) to (4), and the preferred modes are also the same. * Indicates bond position.

作為化學式(Z1a)所表示之基團,化學式(Z5a)所表示之基團較佳。As the group represented by the chemical formula (Z1a), a group represented by the chemical formula (Z5a) is preferable.

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image035
[chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image035

化學式(Z5a)中的各個標記,分別與前述化學式(5)的各個標記含義相同,優選方式亦相同。*表示鍵結位置。Each symbol in the chemical formula (Z5a) has the same meaning as each symbol in the aforementioned chemical formula (5), and the preferred mode is also the same. * Indicates bond position.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image037
[chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image037

化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的各個標記,除了下述標記以外,分別與前述化學式(1)~(4)的各個標記含義相同,優選方式亦相同。*表示鍵結位置。The symbols in the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b) have the same meanings as the symbols in the aforementioned chemical formulas (1) to (4), except for the following symbols, and the preferred forms are also the same. * Indicates bond position.

化學式(Z4b)中,X 41zb表示氫原子、-L 41-(R 41)p 41或-*。X 42zb表示氫原子、-L 42-(R 42)p 42或-*。X 41zb及X 42zb中的任一個表示-*。*表示鍵結位置。    L 41、R 41、p 41、L 42、R 42及p 42如上所述。 In the chemical formula (Z4b), X 41zb represents a hydrogen atom, -L 41 -(R 41 )p 41 or -*. X 42zb represents a hydrogen atom, -L 42 -(R 42 )p 42 or -*. Either one of X 41zb and X 42zb represents -*. * Indicates bond position. L 41 , R 41 , p 41 , L 42 , R 42 and p 42 are as described above.

化學式(ab)中,R 1b〜R 3b各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。L 1b表示單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-或將該等組合而成之基團。L 2b表示單鍵或伸烷基。Z表示化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團,或化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的任一個所表示之基團。 In the chemical formula (ab), R 1b to R 3b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 1b represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, or a combination thereof. L 2b represents a single bond or an alkylene group. Z represents a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a), or a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b).

R 1b〜R 3b各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。    作為R 1b〜R 3b,以各自獨立地氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基較佳,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基進一步較佳,氫原子或甲基更佳。 R 1b to R 3b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As R 1b to R 3b , each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group is preferred, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferred, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group better.

L 1b表示單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-或將該等組合而成之基團。    前述伸烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。    前述伸烷基的碳數,較佳為1~4。    作為前述組合基團,例如,可舉出-COO-伸烷基。    前述伸烷基可以更具有取代基。    作為前述取代基,可舉出化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13可能取得之取代基。    作為L 1b,以單鍵或伸烷基較佳,單鍵更佳。 L 1b represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, or a combination thereof. The aforementioned alkylene group may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-4. Examples of the combination group include -COO-alkylene. The aforementioned alkylene group may further have a substituent. As the aforementioned substituents, possible substituents for R 11 to R 13 in the chemical formula (1) can be mentioned. As L 1b , a single bond or an alkylene group is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable.

L 2b表示單鍵或伸烷基。    作為前述伸烷基,可舉出式(a)中的L a1可能取得之伸烷基。    作為L 2b,較佳為伸烷基。 L 2b represents a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the aforementioned alkylene group include alkylene groups that may be obtained by L a1 in formula (a). L 2b is preferably an alkylene group.

Z表示化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團,或化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的任一個所表示之基團。    Z與前述化學式(aa)中的Z含義相同,優選方式亦相同。Z represents a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a), or a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b). Z has the same meaning as Z in the aforementioned chemical formula (aa), and the preferred mode is also the same.

化學式(ac)中,R 1c〜R 3c各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。L 1c表示單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-、芳香環基或將該等組合而成之基團。L 2c表示環伸烷基。L 3c表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Z表示化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團,或化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的任一個所表示之基團。 In the chemical formula (ac), R 1c to R 3c each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 1c represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, an aromatic ring group, or a combination thereof. L 2c represents a cycloalkylene group. L 3c represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a), or a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b).

R 1c〜R 3c各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。    作為R 1c〜R 3c,以各自獨立地氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基較佳,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基進一步較佳,氫原子或甲基更佳。 R 1c to R 3c each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As R 1c to R 3c , each independently hydrogen atom, alkyl, cycloalkyl, halogen atom, cyano or alkoxycarbonyl is preferred, hydrogen atom, halogen atom or alkyl is further preferred, hydrogen atom or methyl better.

L 1c表示單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-、芳香環基或將該等組合而成之基團。    作為L 1c,可舉出化學式(a)中的L a1。    作為L 1c,以單鍵、伸烷基、-COO-或將該等組合而成之基團較佳,-COO-更佳。 L 1c represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, an aromatic ring group, or a combination thereof. Examples of L 1c include L a1 in the chemical formula (a). As L 1c , a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO- or a combination thereof is preferred, and -COO- is more preferred.

L 2c表示環伸烷基。    前述環伸烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    前述環伸烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    構成前述環伸烷基之環結構的-CH 2-的一個以上(例如一個或兩個),可以被雜原子(例如-O-及-S-等)、-SO 2-、-SO 3-、烷氧羰基或羰基取代。    前述環伸烷基可以更具有取代基。    作為前述取代基,可舉出化學式(1)中的R 11〜R 13可能取得之取代基。 L 2c represents a cycloalkylene group. The aforementioned cycloalkylene group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkylene group is preferably 3-15. One or more (for example, one or two) of -CH 2 - constituting the ring structure of the aforementioned cycloalkylene group may be replaced by heteroatoms (such as -O- and -S-, etc.), -SO 2 -, -SO 3 - , alkoxycarbonyl or carbonyl substitution. The aforementioned cycloalkylene group may further have a substituent. As the aforementioned substituents, possible substituents for R 11 to R 13 in the chemical formula (1) can be mentioned.

L 3c表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為前述二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-、烴基(例如,伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)、以及將該等組合而成之基團。R N表示取代基(例如,前述R 11〜R 13可能取得之取代基)。前述烴基更可以具有取代基,作為取代基,較佳為具有鹵素原子(氟原子為佳)。    作為L 3c,較佳為可以具有氟原子之伸烷基或可以具有氟原子之烷氧羰基。 L 3c represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the aforementioned divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N -, hydrocarbon groups (e.g., alkylene, cycloalkylene, group, alkenyl group and aryl group, etc.), and a group formed by combining them. R N represents a substituent (for example, the possible substituents of the aforementioned R 11 to R 13 ). The aforementioned hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent, and preferably has a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) as the substituent. As L 3c , an alkylene group which may have a fluorine atom or an alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a fluorine atom is preferable.

Z表示化學式(Z1a)~(Z4a)中的任一個所表示之基團,或化學式(Z1b)~(Z4b)中的任一個所表示之基團。    Z與前述化學式(aa)中的Z含義相同,優選方式亦相同。Z represents a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1a) to (Z4a), or a group represented by any one of the chemical formulas (Z1b) to (Z4b). Z has the same meaning as Z in the aforementioned chemical formula (aa), and the preferred mode is also the same.

作為重複單元a,化學式(ad)所表示之重複單元或化學式(ae)所表示之重複單元較佳。As the repeating unit a, a repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (ad) or a repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (ae) is preferable.

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image039
[chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image039

化學式(ad)所表示之重複單元及化學式(ae)所表示之重複單元的各個標記,除下述標記以外,分別與前述化學式(5)的各個標記含義相同,優選方式亦相同。The symbols of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (ad) and the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (ae), except for the following symbols, have the same meanings as the symbols of the aforementioned chemical formula (5), and the preferred modes are also the same.

化學式(ad)中,R 1b表示氫原子或取代基。Y 51d表示具有-CO-N-CO-和一個碳原子的環。    作為R 1d,氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基較佳,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基進一步較佳,氫原子或甲基更佳。    作為Y 51d,可舉出前述化學式(5)中的Y 51中更具有一個碳原子的環。Y 51d中所含有的碳數,如果係一個則無特別限制,亦可以為兩個以上。 In the chemical formula (ad), R 1b represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Y 51d represents a ring having -CO-N-CO- and one carbon atom. R 1d is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, further preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Examples of Y 51d include rings having one more carbon atom in Y 51 in the aforementioned chemical formula (5). The number of carbons contained in Y 51d is not particularly limited if it is one, and may be two or more.

化學式(ae)中,Y 51e表示-CO-N-CO-及具有兩個碳原子的環。    作為Y 51e,可舉出前述化學式(5)中的Y 51中更具有兩個碳原子的環。Y 51e中所含有的碳數,如果係兩個則無特別限制,亦可以為三個以上。 In the chemical formula (ae), Y 51e represents -CO-N-CO- and a ring having two carbon atoms. Examples of Y 51e include rings having two carbon atoms in Y 51 in the above chemical formula (5). The number of carbons contained in Y 51e is not particularly limited if it is two, and may be three or more.

作為重複單元a,例如,可舉出源自下述單體之重複單元。As repeating unit a, the repeating unit derived from the following monomer is mentioned, for example.

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image041
[chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image041

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image043
[chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image043

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image045
[chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image045

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image047
[chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image047

重複單元a的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1莫耳%以上較佳,10莫耳%以上進一步較佳,30莫耳%以上更佳,40莫耳%以上特佳。作為其上限,相對於全部重複單元,小於100莫耳%較佳,90莫耳%以下進一步較佳,70莫耳%以下更佳。    此外,光阻劑組成物於僅滿足前述條件B之情況下,重複單元a的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,為10莫耳%以上,30莫耳%以上較佳,40莫耳%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於全部重複單元,小於100莫耳%較佳,90莫耳%以下進一步較佳,70莫耳%以下更佳。    樹脂A存在兩種以上之情況下,重複單元a的含量,相對於全部重複單元,較佳為含有40莫耳%以上的樹脂A一種以上。於該情況下,重複單元a的含量相對於全部重複單元為40莫耳%以上的樹脂,相對於樹脂A的總含量,含有30~100質量%者較佳、含有60~100質量%者進一步較佳、含有80~100質量%者更佳。The content of the repeating unit a is preferably at least 1 mol %, more preferably at least 10 mol %, more preferably at least 30 mol %, particularly preferably at least 40 mol %, based on all the repeating units of resin A. The upper limit is preferably less than 100 mol%, further preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units. In addition, when the photoresist composition only satisfies the aforementioned condition B, the content of the repeating unit a relative to the total repeating units of the resin A is at least 10 mol%, preferably at least 30 mol%, and 40 mol% More than % is better. The upper limit is preferably less than 100 mol%, further preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units. When there are two or more resins A, the content of the repeating unit a is preferably 40 mol% or more of one or more resins A relative to all the repeating units. In this case, the content of the repeating unit a is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, and furthermore 60 to 100% by mass based on the total content of the resin A. Preferable, more preferably containing 80 to 100% by mass.

<具有酸基之重複單元>    樹脂A可以含有具有酸基之重複單元。    具有酸基之重複單元,較佳為與前述重複單元不同。    作為酸基的酸離解常數(pKa),13以下較佳,3~13進一步較佳,5~10更佳。    於樹脂A具有pKa為13以下的酸基之情況下,作為樹脂A中的酸基的含量,較多為0.2~6.0mmol/g,0.8~6.0mmol/g較佳,1.2~5.0mmol/g進一步較佳,1.6~4.0mmol/g更佳。若酸基的含量在前述範圍內,則顯影進行良好,所形成的圖案形狀優異,解析度亦優異。    作為酸基,較佳為羧基、羥基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(六氟異丙醇基)、磺酸基、磺醯胺基、或異丙醇基。    六氟異丙醇基中,一個以上(較佳為1~2個)的氟原子亦可以被氟原子以外之基團(例如,烷氧羰基等)取代。    作為酸基,如上述那樣形成的-C(CF 3)(OH)-CF 2-亦佳。此外,一個以上的氟原子被氟原子以外之基團取代而形成包含-C(CF 3)(OH)-CF 2-的環亦可。    具有酸基之重複單元,可以具有氟原子或碘原子。 <A repeating unit having an acidic group> The resin A may contain a repeating unit having an acidic group. The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably different from the above-mentioned repeating unit. The acid dissociation constant (pKa) of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, and more preferably 5-10. When the resin A has an acid group with a pKa of 13 or less, the content of the acid group in the resin A is at most 0.2~6.0mmol/g, preferably 0.8~6.0mmol/g, and 1.2~5.0mmol/g More preferably, 1.6~4.0mmol/g is more preferable. If the content of the acid group is within the above-mentioned range, image development will proceed favorably, the pattern shape to be formed will be excellent, and the resolution will also be excellent. The acid group is preferably a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group. In the hexafluoroisopropanol group, one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted by groups other than fluorine atoms (for example, alkoxycarbonyl, etc.). As the acid group, -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 - formed as described above is also preferable. In addition, one or more fluorine atoms may be substituted by groups other than fluorine atoms to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -. The repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.

作為具有酸基之重複單元,較佳為下述化學式(B)所表示之重複單元。As the repeating unit having an acid group, a repeating unit represented by the following chemical formula (B) is preferable.

[化學式24]

Figure 02_image049
[chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image049

R 3表示氫原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子之一價的有機基。    作為可以具有氟原子或碘原子之一價的有機基,較佳為-L 4-R 8所表示之基團。    L 4表示單鍵或-COO-。R 8表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基、或將此等組合而成之基團。 R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, or an organic group that may have a valence of a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. The organic group which may have a valence of a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferably a group represented by -L 4 -R 8 . L 4 represents a single bond or -COO-. R 8 represents an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a combination thereof.

R 4及R 5各自獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、碘原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基。 R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.

L 2表示單鍵、較佳為-COO-或-CO-、-O-、以及伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。既可以為直鏈狀亦可以為支鏈狀。此外,-CH 2-可以被雜原子取代)組合而成之二價基團。 L 2 represents a single bond, preferably -COO- or -CO-, -O-, and an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It may be linear or branched. In addition, - CH 2 -a divalent group formed by a combination of heteroatoms).

L 3表示(n+m+1)價的芳香環基或 (n+m+1)價的脂環基。    作為芳香環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。例如,可舉出苯環基和萘環基。    作為脂環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。例如,可舉出環烷基環基、降冰片烯環基和金剛烷環基。 L 3 represents (n+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or (n+m+1)-valent alicyclic group. The aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. For example, a phenyl ring group and a naphthyl ring group are mentioned. The alicyclic group may be any of monocyclic and polycyclic. For example, cycloalkyl ring group, norbornene ring group and adamantane ring group are mentioned.

R 6表示羥基或氟化醇基。    作為氟化醇基,較佳為化學式(3L)所表示之一價基團。    *-L 6X-R 6X(3L)    L 6X表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR A-(R A表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基。)、伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。既可以為直鏈狀亦可以為支鏈狀。)、以及將此等多個組合而成之二價的連結基。此外,前述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(氟原子為佳)及羥基。R 6X表示六氟異丙醇基。此外,當R 6為羥基之情況下,L 3為(n+m+1)價之芳香環基者亦佳。 R 6 represents a hydroxyl group or a fluorinated alcohol group. The fluorinated alcohol group is preferably a valent group represented by the chemical formula (3L). *-L 6X -R 6X (3L) L 6X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A - ( RA represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons.) , an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It may be a straight chain or a branched chain.), and a divalent linking group formed by combining a plurality of these. In addition, the aforementioned alkylene group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) and a hydroxyl group are mentioned, for example. R 6X represents a hexafluoroisopropanol group. In addition, when R 6 is a hydroxyl group, it is also preferable that L 3 is an aromatic ring group with a valence of (n+m+1).

R 7表示鹵素原子。    作為鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。    m表示1以上的整數。作為m,1~3的整數較佳,1~2的整數更佳。    n表示0或1以上的整數。作為n,較佳為1~4的整數。    作為(n+m+1),較佳為1~5的整數。 R 7 represents a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 1 or more. As m, the integer of 1-3 is preferable, and the integer of 1-2 is more preferable. n represents an integer of 0 or 1 or more. As n, an integer of 1-4 is preferable. As (n+m+1), an integer of 1-5 is preferable.

作為具有酸基之重複單元,例如,可舉出下述重複單元。As a repeating unit which has an acid group, the following repeating unit is mentioned, for example.

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image051
[chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image051

[化學式26]

Figure 02_image053
[chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image053

[化學式27]

Figure 02_image055
[chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image055

具有酸基之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,5莫耳%以上較佳,10莫耳%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,70莫耳%以下較佳,65莫耳%以下進一步較佳,60莫耳%以下更佳。The content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin A. The upper limit is preferably not more than 70 mol%, further preferably not more than 65 mol%, and more preferably not more than 60 mol%, based on the total repeating units of the resin A.

<酸分解性基>    樹脂A以具有酸分解性基為佳。    酸分解基不包含上述特定基。此外,酸分解性基的一部分也不具有特定基。即,重複單元b不包含重複單元a。    所謂「酸分解性基」,係指藉由酸的作用分解而產生極性基之基團。酸分解性基,具有極性基被藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基保護的結構較佳。    關於酸分解性基,將在下面敘述。    因此,於本發明的光阻劑組成物中,典型而言,當採用鹼性顯影液作為顯影液時,較佳地形成正型圖案,當採用有機系顯影液作為顯影液時,較佳地形成負型圖案。    以下,亦可將具有酸分解性基之樹脂A稱為酸分解性樹脂。<Acid-decomposable group> Resin A preferably has an acid-decomposable group. The acid decomposition group does not include the above-mentioned specific groups. In addition, some acid-decomposable groups do not have specific groups. That is, the repeating unit b does not contain the repeating unit a. The so-called "acid decomposable group" refers to a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a detachment group detached by the action of an acid. Regarding the acid decomposable group, it will be described below. Therefore, in the photoresist composition of the present invention, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, it is preferably A negative pattern is formed. Hereinafter, the resin A having an acid-decomposable group may also be referred to as an acid-decomposable resin.

作為極性基,較佳為鹼可溶性基。    作為鹼可溶性基,例如,可舉出羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基、磺酸基、磷酸基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)亞甲基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基羰基)亞甲基、雙(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺基、三(烷基羰基)亞甲基及三(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基等酸性基團、以及醇性羥基。    如上所述,酸分解性基,具有極性基被藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基保護的結構較佳。    作為藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基,例如,可舉出化學式(Y1)~(Y4)所表示之基團。    化學式(Y1):-C(R x1)(R x2)(R x3)    化學式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(R x1)(R x2)(R x3)    化學式(Y3):-C(R 36)(R 37)(OR 38)    化學式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar) As a polar group, an alkali-soluble group is preferable. As the alkali-soluble group, for example, carboxyl group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl group) ) methylene, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide, bis(alkylsulfonyl) ) methylene, acidic groups such as bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups. As described above, the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a detachment group detached by the action of an acid. Examples of the leaving group detached by the action of an acid include groups represented by chemical formulas (Y1) to (Y4). Chemical formula (Y1): -C(R x1 )(R x2 )(R x3 ) Chemical formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(R x1 )(R x2 )(R x3 ) Chemical formula (Y3): -C (R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 ) Chemical formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)

化學式(Y1)及化學式(Y2)中,Rx 1〜Rx 3各自獨立地表示烷基(直鏈或支鏈狀,碳數1~6較佳)、環烷基(單環或多環,碳數3~15較佳)、烯基(直鏈或支鏈狀,碳數2~6較佳)、芳基(單環或多環,碳數6~15較佳)、或雜芳基(單環或多環,員環原子數5~15較佳)。    Rx 1〜Rx 3中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。前述環可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。作為單環和多環,例如,可舉出環烷烴環。作為前述環烷烴環,環戊烷環及環己烷環等單環的環烷烴環、或者降冰片烷環、四環癸烷環、四環十二烷環及金剛烷環等多環的環烷烴環較佳。前述環烷烴環中,例如,構成環之一個以上的亞甲基(例如1~3個),可以被雜原子(-O-或-S-等)、-SO 2-、-SO 3-、-COO-、羰基或亞乙烯基取代。此外,前述環烷烴環中,構成環烷烴環之一個以上的亞乙基(例如1~2個),可以被伸乙烯基取代。    化學式(Y1)中,Rx 1〜Rx 3中的兩個相互鍵結形成環烷烴環,並且對於化學式(Y1)中的C(碳)原子,前述環烷烴環與α碳和γ碳形成伸乙烯基之情況下,R x1〜Rx 3剩余的一個可以為氫原子。 In chemical formula (Y1) and chemical formula (Y2), Rx 1 ~Rx 3 independently represent alkyl (straight chain or branched, carbon number 1~6 is preferred), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic, carbon 3 to 15 are preferred), alkenyl (straight chain or branched, preferably 2 to 6 carbons), aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably 6 to 15 carbons), or heteroaryl ( Monocyclic or polycyclic rings, preferably with 5 to 15 ring members). Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The aforementioned ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. As monocyclic and polycyclic rings, for example, cycloalkane rings can be mentioned. As the aforementioned cycloalkane ring, monocyclic cycloalkane rings such as cyclopentane ring and cyclohexane ring, or polycyclic rings such as norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring and adamantane ring An alkane ring is preferred. In the aforementioned cycloalkane ring, for example, one or more methylene groups (for example, 1 to 3) constituting one ring may be replaced by a heteroatom (-O- or -S-, etc.), -SO 2 -, -SO 3 -, -COO-, carbonyl or vinylidene substitution. In addition, among the aforementioned cycloalkane rings, one or more ethylene groups (for example, 1 to 2) constituting one of the cycloalkane rings may be substituted with vinylene groups. In the chemical formula (Y1), two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are bonded to each other to form a cycloalkane ring, and for the C (carbon) atom in the chemical formula (Y1), the aforementioned cycloalkane ring forms a vinylene ring with the α carbon and the γ carbon. In the basic case, the remaining one of Rx1 ~ Rx3 can be a hydrogen atom.

化學式(Y3)中,R 36~R 38各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為前述有機基,烷基(直鏈或支鏈狀,碳數1~6較佳)、環烷基(單環或多環,碳數3~15較佳)、芳基(單環或多環,碳數6~15較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~18較佳)、或烯基(直鏈或支鏈狀,碳數2~6較佳)。    R 37與R 38可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為前述形成的環,例如,可舉出與由Rx 1〜Rx 3中的兩個鍵合而可以形成的單環或多環相同的環。 In the chemical formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As the aforementioned organic group, alkyl (straight chain or branched, preferably with 1 to 6 carbons), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably with 3 to 15 carbons), aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably 3 to 15 carbons), ring, preferably with 6-15 carbons), aralkyl group (preferably with 7-18 carbons), or alkenyl (straight-chain or branched, preferably with 2-6 carbons). R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the ring formed above, for example, the same rings as monocyclic or polycyclic rings that can be formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 can be mentioned.

化學式(Y4)中,Ar表示芳香環基。Rn表示烷基(直鏈或支鏈,碳數1~6較佳)、環烷基(單環或多環,碳數3~15較佳)、或芳基(單環或多環,碳數6~15較佳)。Rn和Ar可以相互鍵結而形成非芳香環。作為Rn,較佳為芳基(單環或多環,碳數6~15較佳)。In the chemical formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group (straight chain or branched chain, preferably 1 to 6 carbons), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably 3 to 15 carbons), or aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably carbon Number 6-15 is better). Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Rn is preferably an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms).

(具有酸分解性基之重複單元)    樹脂A包含具有酸分解性基之重複單元(以下亦稱為「重複單元b」)較佳。(Repeating Units Having Acid-Decomposable Groups) The resin A preferably contains repeating units having acid-decomposable groups (hereinafter also referred to as "repeating units b").

重複單元b,較佳為具有選自由化學式(M1)~(M5)中任一個所表示的重複單元而構成的組中的至少一個,從靈敏度更優異之觀點考慮,較佳為具有選自由化學式(M4)所表示的重複單元及化學式(M5)所表示的重複單元而構成的組中的至少一個。The repeating unit b preferably has at least one member selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by any one of the chemical formulas (M1) to (M5), and preferably has a repeating unit selected from the chemical formula At least one of the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by (M4) and the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (M5).

[化學式28]

Figure 02_image057
[chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image057

化學式(M1)中,R m11〜R m13各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。L m11表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R m14〜R m16分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R m14〜R m16中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the chemical formula (M1), R m11 to R m13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. L m11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R m14 ~ R m16 independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. At least two of R m14 to R m16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

R m11〜R m13各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。    前述烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。烷基的碳數,較佳為1~6。    前述環烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。前述環烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    作為鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。    前述烷氧羰基的碳數,較佳為1~10。作為前述烷氧羰基中的烷基部分,例如,可舉出與前述烷基相同的基團。    作為R m11,氫原子或烷基較佳,烷基進一步較佳,甲基更佳。    R m12及R m13,氫原子或烷基較佳,氫原子更佳。 R m11 to R m13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The aforementioned alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-6. The aforementioned cycloalkyl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The carbon number of the aforementioned cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-15. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1-10. As an alkyl moiety in the said alkoxycarbonyl group, the thing similar to the said alkyl group is mentioned, for example. R m11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, further preferably an alkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group. R m12 and R m13 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

L m11表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為前述二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如,伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)、以及將該等組合而成之基團。前述烴基,可以更具有取代基,作為取代基,較佳為具有鹵素原子。    作為L m11,較佳為單鍵或伸烷基。 L m11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N - (R N represents a substituent), hydrocarbon groups (for example, alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, arylylene, etc.), and groups formed by combining them. The aforementioned hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent, and preferably has a halogen atom as the substituent. L m11 is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.

R m14〜R m16分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。    前述烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。前所述烷基的碳數,1~6較佳,1~3更佳。    前述環烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。前述環烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    前述芳基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。前述芳基的碳數,較佳為6~15。    前述芳烷基的碳數,較佳為7~18。    前述烯基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。前述烯基的碳數,較佳為2~6。    前述烷基、前述環烷基、前述芳基、前述芳烷基及前述烯基,可以更具有取代基,作為取代基,較佳為具有鹵素原子(氟原子為佳)。    作為R m14〜R m16,烷基或芳基較佳,烷基更佳。 R m14 ~ R m16 independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. The aforementioned alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. The aforementioned cycloalkyl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-15. The aforementioned aryl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The carbon number of the aforementioned aryl group is preferably 6-15. The carbon number of the aforementioned aralkyl group is preferably 7-18. The aforementioned alkenyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkenyl group is preferably 2-6. The aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned cycloalkyl group, the aforementioned aryl group, the aforementioned aralkyl group, and the aforementioned alkenyl group may further have a substituent, and the substituent preferably has a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). As R m14 to R m16 , an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.

化學式(M2)中,R m21〜R m24各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。其中,R m21及R m22中的至少一個表示有機基。X m21表示-CO-、-SO-或-SO 2-。Y m21表示-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-或-NR 34-。R 34表示氫原子或有機基。L m21表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R m25〜R m27分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R m25〜R m27中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the chemical formula (M2), R m21 to R m24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Wherein, at least one of R m21 and R m22 represents an organic group. X m21 represents -CO-, -SO- or -SO 2 -. Y m21 represents -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 - or -NR 34 -. R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. L m21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R m25 ~R m27 independently represent alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or alkenyl respectively. At least two of R m25 to R m27 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

R m21〜R m24分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。其中,R m21及R m22中的至少一個表示有機基。    作為前述有機基,烷基(直鏈或支鏈狀,碳數1~6較佳)、環烷基(單環或多環,碳數3~15較佳)、芳基(單環或多環,碳數6~15較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~18較佳)、或烯基(直鏈或支鏈狀,碳數2~6較佳)。    作為R m21及R m22,烷基較佳,具有氟原子之烴基更佳。    作為R m23及R m24,氫原子或烷基較佳,氫原子更佳。 R m21 ~ R m24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Wherein, at least one of R m21 and R m22 represents an organic group. As the aforementioned organic group, alkyl (straight chain or branched, preferably with 1 to 6 carbons), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably with 3 to 15 carbons), aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably 3 to 15 carbons), ring, preferably with 6-15 carbons), aralkyl group (preferably with 7-18 carbons), or alkenyl (straight-chain or branched, preferably with 2-6 carbons). As R m21 and R m22 , an alkyl group is preferable, and a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom is more preferable. As R m23 and R m24 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

X m21表示-CO-、-SO-或-SO 2-。作為X m21,較佳為-CO-。    Y m21表示-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-或-NR 34-。作為Y m21,-O-或-S-較佳,-O-更佳。    R 34表示氫原子或有機基。作為R 34,較佳為有機基。作為前述有機基,例如,可舉出前述化學式(M2)中的R m21〜R m24能夠取得之有機基。 X m21 represents -CO-, -SO- or -SO 2 -. X m21 is preferably -CO-. Y m21 represents -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 - or -NR 34 -. As Y m21 , -O- or -S- is preferable, and -O- is more preferable. R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 34 is preferably an organic group. As the aforementioned organic group, for example, organic groups that can be obtained from R m21 to R m24 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M2) can be mentioned.

L m21表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為前述二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-(R N表示取代基)、烴基(例如,伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)、和將該等組合而成之基團。前述烴基,可以更具有取代基,作為取代基,較佳為具有鹵素原子。    作為L m21,烴基較佳,伸烷基更佳。 L m21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N - (R N represents a substituent), hydrocarbon groups (for example, alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, arylylene, etc.), and groups formed by combining them. The aforementioned hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent, and preferably has a halogen atom as the substituent. As L m21 , a hydrocarbon group is preferable, and an alkylene group is more preferable.

R m25〜R m27分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。    前述烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。烷基的碳數,較佳為1~6。    前述環烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。前述環烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    前述芳基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。前述芳基的碳數,較佳為6~15。    前述芳烷基的碳數,較佳為7~18。    前述烯基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。前述烯基的碳數,較佳為2~6。    前述烷基、前述環烷基、前述芳基、前述芳烷基及前述烯基,可以更具有取代基,作為取代基,較佳為具有鹵素原子(氟原子為佳)。    作為R m25〜R m27,較佳為烷基或芳基。    R m25〜R m27中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 R m25 ~R m27 independently represent alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or alkenyl respectively. The aforementioned alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-6. The aforementioned cycloalkyl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-15. The aforementioned aryl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The carbon number of the aforementioned aryl group is preferably 6-15. The carbon number of the aforementioned aralkyl group is preferably 7-18. The aforementioned alkenyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkenyl group is preferably 2-6. The aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned cycloalkyl group, the aforementioned aryl group, the aforementioned aralkyl group, and the aforementioned alkenyl group may further have a substituent, and the substituent preferably has a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). R m25 to R m27 are preferably alkyl or aryl. At least two of R m25 to R m27 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

化學式(M3)中,R m31及R m32各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。R m33及R m34分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳香基、芳烷基或烯基。R m31〜R m34中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the chemical formula (M3), R m31 and R m32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R m33 and R m34 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. At least two of R m31 to R m34 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

作為前述有機基,例如,可舉出前述化學式(M2)中的R m21〜R m24能夠取得之有機基。    作為R m31及R m32,氫原子或烷基較佳,氫原子更佳。    作為R m33及R m34,例如,可舉出前述化學式(M2)中的R m25〜R m27能夠取得之基團,較佳為氫原子或烷基。    R m31〜R m34中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。其中,R m31和R m32、以及R m33和R m34相互鍵結而形成環者為佳。 As the aforementioned organic group, for example, organic groups that can be obtained from R m21 to R m24 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M2) can be mentioned. As R m31 and R m32 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable. Examples of R m33 and R m34 include groups that can be obtained from R m25 to R m27 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M2), and are preferably hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups. At least two of R m31 to R m34 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Among them, R m31 and R m32 , and R m33 and R m34 are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.

化學式(M4)中,R m41〜R m43各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。L m41表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Ar m41表示芳香環基。R m44〜R m46各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R m44〜R m46中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the chemical formula (M4), R m41 to R m43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. L m41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Arm41 represents an aromatic ring group. R m44 ~R m46 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. At least two of R m44 to R m46 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

R m41〜R m43各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。    前述烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任意一種。前述烷基的碳數,1~6較佳,1~3更佳。    前述環烷基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。前述環烷基的碳數,較佳為3~15。    作為鹵素原子,例如,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。    前述烷氧羰基的碳數,較佳為1~10。作為前述烷氧羰基中的烷基部分,例如,可舉出與前述烷基相同的基團。    作為R m41〜R m43,氫原子或烷基(甲基為佳)較佳,氫原子更佳。 R m41 ~R m43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The aforementioned alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. The aforementioned cycloalkyl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-15. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1-10. As an alkyl moiety in the said alkoxycarbonyl group, the thing similar to the said alkyl group is mentioned, for example. As R m41 to R m43 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

L m41表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為L m41,可舉出前述化學式(M1)中的L m11能夠取得之基團,較佳為單鍵。 L m41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of L m41 include groups that can be obtained by L m11 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M1), preferably a single bond.

Ar m41表示芳香環基。    前述芳香環基,可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。    前述芳香環基之員環原子數,較佳為5~15。前述芳香環基,可以具有一個以上(例如1~5)的雜原子(例如,氧原子、硫原子、和/或氮原子等)作為員環原子。作為前述芳香環基,苯環基或萘環基較佳,苯環更佳。 Arm41 represents an aromatic ring group. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of ring atoms of the aforementioned aromatic ring group is preferably 5-15. The aforementioned aromatic ring group may have one or more (for example, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, and/or nitrogen atom, etc.) as member ring atoms. As the aforementioned aromatic ring group, a benzene ring group or a naphthyl ring group is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable.

R m44〜R m46各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。    作為R m44〜R m46,例如,可舉出前述化學式(M2)中的R m25〜R m27能夠取得之基團。    作為R m44〜R m46,較佳為氫原子或烷基(甲基為佳)。    R m44〜R m46中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。其中,R m45和R m47相互鍵結而形成環者為佳。此外,Ar m41可以與R m43或R m44鍵合而形成環。 R m44 ~R m46 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. Examples of R m44 to R m46 include groups that can be obtained from R m25 to R m27 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M2). R m44 to R m46 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group). At least two of R m44 to R m46 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Among them, R m45 and R m47 are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring. In addition, Ar m41 may bond with R m43 or R m44 to form a ring.

化學式(M5)中,R m51〜R m53各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基。L m51表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R m54及R m55分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R m56表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R m54〜R m56中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the chemical formula (M5), R m51 to R m53 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. L m51 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R m54 and R m55 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R m56 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. At least two of R m54 to R m56 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

R m51〜R m53分別與前述化學式(M4)中的R m41〜R m43含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    L m51與前述化學式(M4)中的L m41含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    R m54〜R m56分別與前述化學式(M2)中的R m25〜R m27含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    R m54〜R m56中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。其中,R m55和R m56相互鍵結而形成環者為佳。 R m51 ~ R m53 respectively have the same meaning as R m41 ~ R m43 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M4), and the preferred mode is also the same. L m51 has the same meaning as L m41 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M4), and the preferred mode is also the same. R m54 ~ R m56 have the same meanings as R m25 ~ R m27 in the aforementioned chemical formula (M2), and the preferred modes are also the same. At least two of R m54 to R m56 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Among them, it is preferable that R m55 and R m56 are bonded to each other to form a ring.

重複單元b的含量,相對於樹脂A中的全部重複單元,1莫耳%以上較佳,10莫耳%以上進一步較佳,15莫耳%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,80莫耳%以下較佳,70莫耳%以下進一步較佳,60莫耳%以下更佳。The content of the repeating unit b is preferably at least 1 mol%, further preferably at least 10 mol%, and more preferably at least 15 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin A. The upper limit is preferably not more than 80 mol%, further preferably not more than 70 mol%, and more preferably not more than 60 mol%, based on the total repeating units of the resin A.

<具有內酯基之重複單元>    樹脂A可以包含具有內酯基之重複單元。    具有內酯基之重複單元,既可以相當於前述重複單元,亦可以不相當於前述重複單元。例如,具有內酯基之重複單元可以相當於或不相當於重複單元a,或者可以相當於或不相當於具有酸分解性基之重複單元,只要該重複單元具有內酯基即可。<Repeating unit having a lactone group> The resin A may contain a repeating unit having a lactone group. The repeating unit having a lactone group may or may not correspond to the aforementioned repeating unit. For example, a repeating unit having a lactone group may or may not correspond to repeating unit a, or may or may not correspond to a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group as long as the repeating unit has a lactone group.

作為內酯基,只要具有內酯結構或磺內酯結構,則無特別限制。作為內酯結構,較佳為5~7員環內酯結構,使其它環結構以形成雙環結構或螺環結構之方式,與5~7員環內酯結構縮環者較佳。    樹脂A,較佳為包含具有內酯基之重複單元者,內酯基係從化學式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一個所表示之內酯結構中去除一個以上(例如1~2個)氫原子而形成。    此外,內酯基亦可以直接與主鏈鍵結。例如,內酯基之員環原子可以構成樹脂A的主鏈的一部分。The lactone group is not particularly limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. The lactone structure is preferably a 5-7-membered cyclic lactone structure, and it is preferable to condense other ring structures with the 5-7-membered cyclic lactone structure in a manner of forming a bicyclic structure or a spiro ring structure. Resin A preferably contains a repeating unit with a lactone group, and the lactone group is removed from the lactone structure represented by any one of the chemical formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) (for example, 1 ~2) hydrogen atoms. In addition, the lactone group can also be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, the member ring atoms of the lactone group may form part of the backbone of resin A.

[化學式29]

Figure 02_image059
[chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image059

前述內酯結構可以具有取代基(Rb 2)作為取代基(Rb 2),例如,可舉出碳數1~8的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數1~8的烷氧基、碳數1~8的烷氧羰基、羧基、鹵素原子、羥基、氰基、包含酸分解性基之基團(可以係酸分解性基本身)、以及將該等組合而成之基團。n 2表示0~4的整數。n 2為2以上時,多個存在的Rb 2既可以相同亦可以不同,此外,多個存在的Rb 2可以彼此鍵結而形成環。    前述內酯結構之員環原子中,不與-COO-或O-相鄰之亞甲基的一個以上(例如1~2)可以被-O-或-S-等雜原子取代。 The aforementioned lactone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ) as the substituent (Rb 2 ), for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbons, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbons, a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbons, Alkoxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, carboxyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, group containing acid decomposable group (may be acid decomposable group itself), and combinations thereof group. n 2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of Rb 2 may be the same or different, and a plurality of Rb 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Among the member ring atoms of the aforementioned lactone structure, one or more methylene groups (for example, 1 to 2) that are not adjacent to -COO- or O- may be substituted by heteroatoms such as -O- or -S-.

作為具有內酯基之重複單元,例如,可舉出化學式(AI)所表示之重複單元。As a repeating unit which has a lactone group, the repeating unit represented by chemical formula (AI) is mentioned, for example.

[化學式30]

Figure 02_image061
[chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image061

化學式(AI)中,Rb 0表示氫原子、鹵素原子、或碳數為1~4個的可以具有取代基之烷基。    作為前述取代基,較佳為羥基或鹵素原子。    作為鹵素原子,例如,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、以及碘原子。作為Rb 0,較佳為氫原子或甲基。    Ab表示單鍵、伸烷基、具有單環或多環的脂環烴結構之二價的連結基、醚基、-COO-、羰基、羧基、或將該等組合而成之基團。其中,較佳為單鍵或-Ab 1-COO-所表示之連結基。Ab 1表示直鏈或支鏈狀之伸烷基,或者單環或多環之環伸烷基。其中,較佳為亞甲基、亞乙基、環己基、金剛烷基或降冰片烷基。    V表示從化學式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一個所表示的內酯結構之員環原子中去除一個氫原子而形成之基團。 In the chemical formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As the aforementioned substituent, a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom is preferred. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, -COO-, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination thereof. Among them, a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -COO- is preferable. Ab 1 represents a linear or branched alkylene group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic ring alkylene group. Among them, methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexyl group, adamantyl group or norbornyl group are preferable. V represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from a member ring atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of the chemical formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21).

作為具有內酯基之重複單元,較佳為化學式(AII)所表示之重複單元或(AIII)所表示之重複單元。The repeating unit having a lactone group is preferably a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (AII) or a repeating unit represented by (AIII).

[化學式31]

Figure 02_image063
[chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image063

化學式(AII)和(AIII)中,RIII各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為RIII,較佳為氫原子。    ahd 1表示從化學式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一個所表示的內酯結構之彼此相鄰的員環原子中各自去除一個氫原子而形成之基團。    ahd 2表示從化學式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一個所表示的內酯結構之一個員環原子中去除兩個氫原子而形成之基團。 In the chemical formulas (AII) and (AIII), RIII each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. RIII is preferably a hydrogen atom. ahd 1 represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from each of adjacent member ring atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of the chemical formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). ahd 2 represents a group formed by removing two hydrogen atoms from one member ring atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of the chemical formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21).

作為具有內酯基之重複單元,例如,可舉出下述重複單元。As a repeating unit which has a lactone group, the following repeating unit is mentioned, for example.

[化學式32]

Figure 02_image065
[chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image065

[化學式33]

Figure 02_image067
[chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image067

具有內酯基之重複單元中存在光學異構物之情況下,可以使用任意一種光學異構物。此外,可以單獨使用一種光學異構物,亦可將多個光學異構物混合使用。以一種光學異構物為主體使用時,其光學純度(ee),90以上較佳,95以上更佳。作為其上限,較佳為100以下。When there is an optical isomer in the repeating unit having a lactone group, any optical isomer can be used. In addition, one kind of optical isomers may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be used in combination. When one optical isomer is used as the main body, the optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or higher, more preferably 95 or higher. The upper limit is preferably 100 or less.

具有內酯基之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,5~99莫耳%較佳,10~80莫耳%進一步較佳,15~65莫耳%更佳。    具有內酯基之重複單元中,具有相當於重複單元a的內酯基之重複單元和具有不相當於重複單元a的內酯基之重複單元的合計滿足前述優選含量亦可;具有相當於重複單元a的內酯基之重複單元單獨滿足前述優選含量亦可;具有不相當於重複單元a的內酯基之重複單元單獨滿足前述優選含量亦可。The content of the repeating unit having a lactone group is preferably 5 to 99 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 15 to 65 mol%, based on all the repeating units of resin A. Among the repeating units having a lactone group, the total of the repeating units having a lactone group corresponding to the repeating unit a and the repeating units having a lactone group not corresponding to the repeating unit a may satisfy the aforementioned preferred content; The repeating unit of the lactone group of the unit a alone may satisfy the aforementioned preferred content; the repeating unit having a lactone group not corresponding to the repeating unit a may independently satisfy the aforementioned preferred content.

<具有磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元>    樹脂A可以包含具有磺內酯基之重複單元。    對磺內酯基無特別限制,只要其具有磺內酯結構即可。作為磺內酯構,較佳為5~7員環磺內酯結構,使其它環結構以形成雙環結構或螺環結構之方式,與5~7員環磺內酯結構縮環者更佳。    此外,磺內酯基亦可以直接與主鏈鍵結。例如,磺內酯基之員環原子可以構成樹脂A的主鏈的一部分。    樹脂A,較佳為包含具有磺內酯基之重複單元者,磺內酯基係從化學式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一個所表示的磺內酯結構的員環原子中去除一個以上(例如1~2個)氫原子而形成。<Repeating unit having sultone group or carbonate group> Resin A may contain a repeating unit having sultone group. There is no particular limitation on the sultone group as long as it has a sultone structure. The sultone structure is preferably a 5-7 membered ring sultone structure, and it is more preferable to condense other ring structures with the 5-7 membered ring sultone structure to form a bicyclic structure or a spiro ring structure. In addition, the sultone group can also be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, ring atoms that are members of the sultone group may form part of the backbone of resin A. Resin A preferably contains repeating units having a sultone group, and the sultone group is a member ring atom of the sultone structure represented by any one of the chemical formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is formed by removing more than one (for example, 1 to 2) hydrogen atoms.

[化學式34]

Figure 02_image069
[chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image069

前述磺內酯結構可以具有取代基(Rb 2) 關於化學式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的取代基(Rb 2),可以與前述化學式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)所表示的內酯結構中的取代基(Rb 2)作相同的說明。    前述磺內酯結構之員環原子中,不與-COO-或-O-相鄰之亞甲基的一個以上(例如1~2)可以被-O-或-S-等雜原子取代。 The aforementioned sultone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ) . Regarding the substituent (Rb 2 ) in the chemical formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), it can be combined with the substituent (Rb 2 ) in the lactone structure represented by the aforementioned chemical formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) ) for the same description. Among the member ring atoms of the aforementioned sultone structure, at least one (for example, 1 to 2) methylene groups not adjacent to -COO- or -O- may be substituted by a heteroatom such as -O- or -S-.

作為具有磺內酯基之重複單元,例如,可舉出:在前述化學式(AI)所表示之重複單元中,V被從化學式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一個所表示的磺內酯結構之員環原子中去除一個氫原子而形成的基團取代之重複單元;在前述化學式(AII)所表示之重複單元中,ahd 1被從化學式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一個所表示的磺內酯結構之彼此相鄰的員環原子中各自去除一個氫原子而形成的基團取代之重複單元;以及,在前述化學式(AIII)所表示之重複單元中,ahd 2被從化學式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一個所表示的磺內酯結構之一個員環原子中去除兩個氫原子而形成的基團取代之重複單元。 As the repeating unit having a sultone group, for example, in the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (AI), V is represented by any one of the chemical formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). A repeating unit replaced by a group formed by removing a hydrogen atom from a member ring atom of the sultone structure; in the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (AII), ahd 1 is changed from chemical formula (SL1-1) to (SL1 -3) in any one of the sultone structures represented by the adjacent ring members of the ring atoms each removed a hydrogen atom to form a group-substituted repeating unit; and, in the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (AIII) In the unit, ahd 2 is a repeating unit replaced by a group formed by removing two hydrogen atoms from a member ring atom of the sultone structure represented by any one of the chemical formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) .

作為碳酸酯基,較佳為環狀碳酸酯基。    作為具有環狀碳酸酯基之重複單元,較佳為化學式(A-1)所表示之重複單元。As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferred. As the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, it is preferably a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (A-1).

[化學式35]

Figure 02_image071
[chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image071

在化學式(A-1)中,R A 1表示氫原子、鹵素原子或一價的有機基(甲基為佳)。n表示0以上的整數。R A 2表示取代基。n為2以上時,存在多個的R A 2可以分別相同或不同。    A表示單鍵或二價的連結基,作為前述二價的連結基,較佳為伸烷基、具有單環或多環的脂環烴結構的二價的連結基、-O-、-COO-、羰基、羧基、或將該等組合而成之基團。    Z表示具有-O-CO-O-的環。前述環可以為單環及多環中的任意一種。 In the chemical formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group). n represents an integer of 0 or more. R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 may be the same or different. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the aforementioned divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group, a divalent linking group with a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, -O-, -COO -, carbonyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof. Z represents a ring having -O-CO-O-. The aforementioned ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.

作為具有磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元,例如,可舉出下述重複單元。As a repeating unit which has a sultone group or a carbonate group, the following repeating unit is mentioned, for example.

[化學式36]

Figure 02_image073
[chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image073

具有磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1莫耳%以上較佳,10莫耳%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,85莫耳%以下較佳,80莫耳%以下進一步較佳,70莫耳%以下更佳,60莫耳%以下特佳。The content of the repeating unit having a sultone group or a carbonate group is preferably 1 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin A. The upper limit is preferably not more than 85 mol%, further preferably not more than 80 mol%, more preferably not more than 70 mol%, and particularly preferably not more than 60 mol%, based on the total repeating units of resin A.

<具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元>    樹脂A可以包含具有氟原子或碘原子的重複單元。    具有氟原子或碘原子的重複單元,不同於前述重複單元為佳。<Repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom> The resin A may contain a repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. The repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferably different from the aforementioned repeating unit.

作為具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元,較佳為化學式(C)所表示之重複單元。The repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferably a repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (C).

[化學式37]

Figure 02_image075
[chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image075

L 5表示單鍵或-COO-。R 9表示氫原子或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基。R 10表示可以具有氫原子、氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基、或者將該等組合而成之基團。 L 5 represents a single bond or -COO-. R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R 10 represents an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a combination thereof .

作為具有氟原子或碘原子的重複單元,例如,可舉出下述重複單元。Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom include the following repeating units.

[化學式38]

Figure 02_image077
[chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image077

具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1莫耳%以上較佳,5莫耳%以上進一步較佳,10莫耳%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,50莫耳%以下較佳,45莫耳%以下進一步較佳,40莫耳%以下更佳。    此外,不包含具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元亦佳。The content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferably at least 1 mol%, further preferably at least 5 mol%, and more preferably at least 10 mol%, based on the total repeating units of resin A. The upper limit is preferably not more than 50 mol%, further preferably not more than 45 mol%, and more preferably not more than 40 mol%, based on the total repeating units of the resin A. In addition, it is also preferable not to contain repeating units having fluorine atoms or iodine atoms.

<化學式(V-1)所表示之重複單元或化學式(V-2)所表示之重複單元>    樹脂A可以具有化學式(V-1)所表示之重複單元或化學式(V-2)所表示之重複單元。    化學式(V-1)所表示之重複單元以及化學式(V-2)所表示之重複單元,較佳為不同於前述重複單元者。<The repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-1) or the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-2)> Resin A may have the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-1) or the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-2) repeat unit. The repeating unit represented by chemical formula (V-1) and the repeating unit represented by chemical formula (V-2) are preferably different from the aforementioned repeating units.

[化學式39]

Figure 02_image079
[chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image079

化學式(V-1)及(V-2)中,R 6及R 7各自獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、-OCOR或-COOR(R表示具有1~6個碳數的烷基或氟化烷基)、或者羧基。作為烷基,較佳為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的碳數1~10的烷基。    n 3表示0~6的整數。n 4表示0~4的整數。X 4表示亞甲基、氧原子或硫原子。    作為化學式(V-1)所表示之重複單元以及化學式(V-2)所表示之重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0100]段落中記載的重複單元。 In the chemical formulas (V-1) and (V-2), R6 and R7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom , -OCOR or -COOR (R represents an alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon numbers), or a carboxyl group. The alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic C 1-10 alkyl group. n 3 represents an integer of 0-6. n 4 represents an integer of 0-4. X 4 represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Examples of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-1) and the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-2) include those described in paragraph [0100] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

化學式(V-1)所表示之重複單元或化學式(V-2)所表示之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。The content of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-1) or the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (V-2), relative to all the repeating units of the resin A, is preferably 1-65 mol%, 5-45 mol% better.

<用於降低主鏈的運動性之重複單元>    樹脂A可以具有用於降低主鏈的運動性之重複單元。    用於降低主鏈的運動性之重複單元,較佳為不同於前述重複單元者。    從能夠抑制所產生的酸的過度擴散或顯影時的圖案崩潰的觀點考慮,較佳為以樹脂A的玻璃轉化溫度(Tg)更高者。Tg超過90℃較佳,超過100℃進一步較佳,超過110℃更佳,超過125℃特佳。此外,Tg溫度過高會導致在顯影液中的溶解速度降低,因此Tg在400℃以下較佳,350℃以下更佳。<Repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain> The resin A may have a repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain. The repeating units used to reduce the mobility of the main chain are preferably different from the aforementioned repeating units. From the viewpoint of being able to suppress excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development, resin A with a higher glass transition temperature (Tg) is preferable. Tg is preferably over 90°C, more preferably over 100°C, more preferably over 110°C, and particularly preferably over 125°C. In addition, if the Tg temperature is too high, the dissolution rate in the developer will decrease, so the Tg is preferably below 400°C, more preferably below 350°C.

此外,樹脂A等聚合物的玻璃轉化溫度(Tg)通過以下方法算出。    首先,通過Bicerano法分別算出僅由聚合物中所含有的各個重複單元構成的均聚物的Tg(以下亦稱為「重複單元的Tg」)。接著,算出各個重複單元相對於聚合物中的全部重複單元的質量比例(%)。接著,使用Fox化學式(記載於Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等)算出各個質量比例下的Tg,將該等總和作為聚合物的Tg(℃)。    Bicerano方法記載於Prediction of polymer properties,Marcel Dekker Inc,New York(1993)等。此外,利用Bicerano法算出Tg,可以使用聚合物的物性概算軟體MDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems,Inc)實施。In addition, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymers, such as resin A, was computed by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer composed only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer was calculated by the Bicerano method (hereinafter also referred to as "Tg of repeating unit"). Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer was calculated. Next, Tg at each mass ratio was calculated using the Fox chemical formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and the total was taken as Tg (°C) of the polymer. The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993) et al. In addition, calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.), a software for estimating physical properties of polymers.

為了提高樹脂A的Tg(使Tg超過90℃為佳),較佳為使樹脂A主鏈的運動性降低者。降低樹脂A主鏈的運動性之方法,例如,可舉出(a)~(e)的方法。    (a)向主鏈中引入蓬鬆的取代基    (b)向主鏈中引入多個取代基    (c)在主鏈附近引入引起樹脂A之間相互作用的取代基    (d)以環狀結構形成主鏈    (e)將環狀結構與主鏈連結    此外,樹脂A具有均聚物的Tg為130℃以上的重複單元者較佳。    此外,均聚物的Tg為130℃以上的重複單元的種類,只要係藉由Bicerano法算出的均聚物的Tg為130℃以上的重複單元即可。此外,依據下述化學式(A)~(E)所表示的重複單元中的官能基團的種類,相當於均聚物的Tg為130℃以上的重複單元。In order to increase the Tg of the resin A (preferably to make the Tg exceed 90°C), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin A. As a method of reducing the mobility of the resin A main chain, for example, methods (a) to (e) are mentioned. (a) Introduce fluffy substituents into the main chain (b) Introduce multiple substituents into the main chain (c) Introduce substituents that cause interactions between resins A near the main chain (d) Formed in a ring structure Main chain (e) Linking the ring structure to the main chain In addition, the resin A preferably has a repeating unit whose homopolymer Tg is 130°C or higher. In addition, the type of the repeating unit whose Tg of the homopolymer is 130°C or higher may be any repeating unit whose Tg of the homopolymer calculated by the Bicerano method is 130°C or higher. Moreover, it corresponds to the repeating unit whose Tg of a homopolymer is 130 degreeC or more depending on the kind of the functional group in the repeating unit represented by following chemical formula (A)-(E).

(化學式(Aa)所表示的重複單元)    作為前述(a)的具體方法,例如,可舉出向樹脂A中引入化學式(Aa)所表示的重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by chemical formula (Aa)) As a specific method of the aforementioned (a), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (Aa) into resin A can be mentioned.

[化學式40]

Figure 02_image081
[chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image081

化學式(Aa)中,R A表示具有多環結構之基團。R x表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。「具有多環結構之基團」係指具有多個環結構之基團,多個環結構可以縮合,亦可以不縮合。    作為化學式(Aa)所表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0107]~[0119]段落中記載者。    化學式(Aa)所表示之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。 In the chemical formula (Aa), R A represents a group having a polycyclic structure. R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. The "group having a polycyclic structure" refers to a group having a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may or may not be condensed. Examples of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (Aa) include those described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of International Publication No. 2018/193954. The content of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (Aa) is preferably 1-65 mol %, more preferably 5-45 mol %, relative to all the repeating units of resin A.

(化學式(B)所表示的重複單元)    作為前述(b)的具體方法,例如,可舉出向樹脂A中引入化學式(B)所表示的重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by chemical formula (B)) As a specific method of (b) above, for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (B) into resin A can be mentioned.

[化學式41]

Figure 02_image083
[chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image083

化學式(B)中,R b1〜R b4各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。R b1〜R b4中的至少兩個以上表示有機基。    此外,有機基的至少一個為環結構與重複單元中的主鏈直接連結之基團時,對其它有機基的種類無特別限制。    此外,任何一個有機基均不是環結構與重複單元中的主鏈直接連結的基團之情況下,有機基的至少兩個以上係除氫原子以外之構成原子數為3個以上的取代基。    化學式(B)所表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0113]~[0115]段落中記載者。    化學式(B)所表示之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。 In the chemical formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. At least two or more of R b1 to R b4 represent organic groups. In addition, when at least one of the organic groups is a group in which the ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, the type of other organic groups is not particularly limited. In addition, when none of the organic groups is a group in which the ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, at least two or more of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms other than hydrogen atoms. The repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (B) includes, for example, those described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of International Publication No. 2018/193954. The content of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (B) is preferably 1-65 mol%, more preferably 5-45 mol%, relative to all the repeating units of resin A.

(化學式(C)所表示的重複單元)    作為前述(c)的具體方法,例如,可舉出向樹脂A中引入化學式(C)所表示的重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by chemical formula (C)) As a specific method of the aforementioned (c), for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (C) into resin A can be mentioned.

[化學式42]

Figure 02_image085
[chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image085

化學式(C)中,R c1〜R c4各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。R c1〜R c4中的至少一個表示從主鏈碳原子開始,原子數為3以內之具有氫鍵結性氫原子的基團。其中,從引起樹脂A的主鏈之間相互作用的觀點考慮,原子數為2以內(更靠近主鏈側)之具有氫鍵結性的氫原子者較佳。    作為化學式(C)所表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0119]~[0121]段落中記載者。    化學式(C)所表示之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。 In the chemical formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. At least one of R c1 to R c4 represents a group having a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within 3 atoms starting from a main chain carbon atom. Among them, from the viewpoint of causing interaction between the main chains of the resin A, hydrogen atoms having hydrogen bonding properties within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side) are preferable. Examples of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (C) include those described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of International Publication No. 2018/193954. The content of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (C) is preferably 1-65 mol%, more preferably 5-45 mol%, relative to all the repeating units of resin A.

(化學式(D)所表示的重複單元)    作為前述(d)的具體方法,例如,可舉出向樹脂A中引入化學式(D)所表示的重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by chemical formula (D)) As a specific method of (d) above, for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (D) into resin A can be mentioned.

[化學式43]

Figure 02_image087
[chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image087

化學式(D)中,「cylic」表示以環狀結構形成主鏈之基團。環的構成原子數無特別限制。    作為化學式(D)所表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0126]~[0027]段落中記載者。    化學式(D)所表示之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。In the chemical formula (D), "cylic" represents a group that forms a main chain with a ring structure. The number of atoms constituting the ring is not particularly limited. As the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (D), for example, those described in paragraphs [0126] to [0027] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be mentioned. The content of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (D) is preferably 1-65 mol%, more preferably 5-45 mol%, relative to all the repeating units of the resin A.

(化學式(E)所表示的重複單元)    作為前述(e)的具體方法,例如,可舉出向樹脂A中引入化學式(E)所表示的重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by chemical formula (E)) As a specific method of (e) above, for example, a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (E) into resin A can be mentioned.

[化學式44]

Figure 02_image089
[chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image089

化學式(E)中,Re各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,例如,可舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基。前述有機基可以更具有取代基。    「cylic」係具有主鏈碳原子之環狀基。對環狀基中所含有原子數無特別限制。    作為化學式(E)所表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0131]~[0133]段落中記載者。    化學式(E)所表示之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。In the chemical formula (E), Re each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As an organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group are mentioned, for example. The aforementioned organic group may further have a substituent. "cylic" is a cyclic group having carbon atoms in the main chain. There is no particular limitation on the number of atoms contained in the cyclic group. As the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (E), for example, those described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be mentioned. The content of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (E) is preferably 1-65 mol%, more preferably 5-45 mol%, relative to all the repeating units of resin A.

<具有羥基或氰基的重複單元>    樹脂A可以包含具有羥基或氰基之重複單元。    由此,基板密合性和/或顯影液之親和性得以提高。    具有羥基或氰基之重複單元,較佳為具有被羥基或氰基取代的脂環烴結構之重複單元。    具有羥基或氰基之重複單元,較佳為不具有酸分解性基。具有羥基或氰基之重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2020/004306號公報[0153]~[0158]段落中記載者。    具有羥基或氰基之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。<Repeating unit having hydroxyl group or cyano group> The resin A may contain a repeating unit having hydroxyl group or cyano group. As a result, the adhesion to the substrate and/or the affinity of the developer can be improved. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted by a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. The repeating unit with hydroxyl or cyano group preferably does not have an acid decomposable group. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group includes, for example, those described in paragraphs [0153] to [0158] of International Publication No. 2020/004306. The content of repeating units having hydroxyl or cyano groups is preferably 1-65 mol%, more preferably 5-45 mol%, relative to all repeating units of resin A.

<具有脂環烴結構且不顯示酸分解性之重複單元>    樹脂A可以具有脂環烴結構,且具有不顯示酸分解性之重複單元。由此,於液體浸漬曝光時,能夠減少低分子成分從抗蝕劑膜中向液浸液溶出。作為上述重複單元,例如,可舉出源自1-金剛烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元。    具有脂環烴結構且不顯示酸分解性之重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A中的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。<A repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not exhibit acid decomposability> Resin A may have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and have a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. Thereby, during liquid immersion exposure, it is possible to reduce the elution of low molecular components from the resist film into the liquid immersion liquid. As the above-mentioned repeating unit, for example, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diadamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl ( Repeating unit of meth)acrylate. The content of repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability is preferably 1-65 mol%, more preferably 5-45 mol%, relative to all repeating units in resin A.

<化學式(III)所表示的,既不具有羥基亦不具有氰基之重複單元>    樹脂A可以具有化學式(III)所表示的,既不具有羥基亦不具有氰基之重複單元。<Repeating unit having neither hydroxyl group nor cyano group represented by chemical formula (III)> Resin A may have a repeating unit represented by chemical formula (III) having neither hydroxyl group nor cyano group.

[化學式45]

Figure 02_image091
[chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image091

化學式(III)中,R 5表示具有至少一個環狀結構,並且既不具有羥基亦不具有氰基之烴基。    Ra表示氫原子、烷基或-CH 2-O-Ra 2基。Ra 2表示氫原子、烷基或醯基。 In the chemical formula (III), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one ring structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group. Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.

R 5所具有之環狀結構中,包含單環的烴基及多環的烴基。作為單環的烴基,例如,可舉出碳數3~12(碳數3~7為佳)的環烷基、以及碳數3~12的環烯基。    作為化學式(III)中的各個基團的定義以及重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2020/004306號公報[0169]~[0173]段落中記載者。    化學式(III)所表示的,既不具有羥基亦不具有氰基之重複單元,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。 The cyclic structure of R 5 includes monocyclic hydrocarbon groups and polycyclic hydrocarbon groups. Examples of monocyclic hydrocarbon groups include cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. The definition of each group in the chemical formula (III) and the repeating unit include, for example, those described in paragraphs [0169] to [0173] of International Publication No. 2020/004306. The repeating unit having neither hydroxyl group nor cyano group represented by chemical formula (III) is preferably 1-65 mol %, more preferably 5-45 mol %, relative to all the repeating units of resin A.

<其它重複單元>    樹脂A除了前述重複單元之外,還可以具有其它重複單元。    其它重複單元只要係前述重複單元以外,則無特別限制。    作為其它重複單元,例如,可以包含選自具有氧硫雜環己烷環基之重複單元、具有咢唑酮環基之重複單元、具有二咢烷環基之重複單元、具有乙內醯脲環基之重複單元、以及具有環丁碸環基之重複單元而構成的組中之重複單元。<Other repeating units> The resin A may have other repeating units in addition to the above-mentioned repeating units. Other repeating units are not particularly limited as long as they are other than the aforementioned repeating units. As other repeating units, for example, repeating units having an oxathione ring group, repeating units having a oxazolone ring group, repeating units having a dioxane ring group, repeating units having a hydantoin ring group, and The repeating unit in the group consisting of a repeating unit having a cyclobutane ring group and a repeating unit having a cyclobutane ring group.

其它重複單元的含量,相對於樹脂A的全部重複單元,1~65莫耳%較佳,5~45莫耳%更佳。The content of other repeating units is preferably 1 to 65 mol%, more preferably 5 to 45 mol%, based on all the repeating units of resin A.

作為其它重複單元,例如,可舉出下述重複單元。Examples of other repeating units include the following repeating units.

[化學式46]

Figure 02_image093
[chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image093

樹脂A除了前述重複單元之外,還可以以調節耐乾蝕刻性、標準顯影液適應性、基板密合性、光阻輪廓、解析度、耐熱性、以及靈敏度等為目的而具有各種重複單元。Resin A may have various repeating units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer compatibility, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, and sensitivity in addition to the above-mentioned repeating units.

可依據常規方法(例如,自由基聚合)合成樹脂A。    利用GPC法,以聚苯乙烯換算值計,樹脂A之重均分子量以1,000~200,000為較佳,3,000~20,000進一步較佳,5,000~15,000更佳。使樹脂A之重均分子量在1,000~200,000之範圍內,能夠更好地抑制耐熱性和耐乾蝕刻性的劣化。此外,還能夠更好地抑制顯影性的劣化以及黏度變高而導致的製膜性劣化。    樹脂A之分散度(分子量分佈),通常為1~5,1.00~3.00較佳,1.20~3.00進一步較佳,1.20~2.00更佳。分散度愈小,其解析度以及光阻形狀愈優異,而且,光阻圖案之側壁愈加平滑,表面粗糙度亦愈小。Resin A can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). Using the GPC method, the weight average molecular weight of the resin A is preferably 1,000-200,000, more preferably 3,000-20,000, and more preferably 5,000-15,000 in terms of polystyrene conversion. When the weight-average molecular weight of the resin A is in the range of 1,000 to 200,000, the deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be suppressed better. In addition, deterioration of developability and deterioration of film-forming property due to increase in viscosity can be further suppressed. The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of resin A is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1.00 to 3.00, more preferably 1.20 to 3.00, and more preferably 1.20 to 2.00. The smaller the dispersion, the better the resolution and shape of the photoresist, and the smoother the sidewall of the photoresist pattern, the smaller the surface roughness.

樹脂A可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。使用兩種以上之情況下,較佳為其合計含量在前述優選含量範圍內者。    樹脂A所具有的重複單元中的含量,於各個重複單元中使用兩種以上之情況下,較佳為其合計含量在上述各個重複單元的含量之優選範圍內。    樹脂A之含量,相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,10.0~99.0質量%較佳,20.0~98.0質量%進一步較佳,25.0~95.0質量%更佳。Resin A may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total content thereof is within the above-mentioned preferred content range. The content of the repeating units contained in the resin A, when two or more are used in each repeating unit, it is preferable that the total content is within the preferred range of the above-mentioned content of each repeating unit. The content of resin A is preferably 10.0 to 99.0% by mass, more preferably 20.0 to 98.0% by mass, more preferably 25.0 to 95.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photoresist composition.

〔光酸產生劑〕    光阻劑組成物可以包含選自由化合物(I)和(II)所構成的組中的一種以上(下文中亦稱為「特定光酸產生劑」)作為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸之化合物(光酸產生劑)。    此外,如後所述,光阻劑組成物還可以具有特定光酸產生劑以外的其它光酸產生劑(下文中亦稱為「其它光酸產生劑」)。此外,光阻劑組成物也可以具有化合物(III)。    此外,光酸產生劑中不包含前述化合物(1)。    以下,首先對特定光酸產生劑(化合物(I)和(II))進行說明。[Photoacid Generator] The photoresist composition may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) and (II) (hereinafter also referred to as "specific photoacid generator") as Compounds that generate acid upon exposure to radiation or radiation (photoacid generators). In addition, as will be described later, the photoresist composition may have other photoacid generators than the specific photoacid generator (hereinafter also referred to as "other photoacid generators"). In addition, the photoresist composition may have compound (III). In addition, the aforementioned compound (1) is not included in the photoacid generator. In the following, first, specific photoacid generators (compounds (I) and (II)) will be described.

<化合物(I)>    化合物(I)係具有一個以上的下述結構部位X和一個以上的下述結構部位Y之化合物,係藉由光化射線或放射線之照射,產生包含源自下述結構部位X的下述第1酸性部位和源自下述結構部位Y的下述第2酸性部位的酸之化合物。    結構部位X:由陰離子部位A 1 -和陽離子部位M 1 +構成,並且,係藉由光化射線或放射線的照射形成以HA 1所表示的第1酸性部位之結構部位    結構部位Y:由陰離子部位A 2 -和陽離子部位M 2 +構成,並且,係藉由光化射線或放射線的照射形成以HA 2所表示的第2酸性部位之結構部位    其中,化合物(I)滿足下述條件I。 <Compound (I)> Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural parts X and one or more of the following structural parts Y, and is produced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, including A compound of an acid derived from the following first acidic site of site X and the following second acidic site of structural site Y described below. Structural site X: Consists of anion site A 1 - and cationic site M 1 + , and forms the structural site of the first acidic site represented by HA 1 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation Structural site Y: Consists of anion sites A site A 2 - and a cationic site M 2 + constitute a structural site that forms a second acidic site represented by HA 2 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.

條件I:於前述化合物(I)中,用H +取代前述結構部位X中之前述陽離子部位M 1 +和前述結構部位Y中之前述陽離子部位M 2 +而成的复合物PI具有:用H +取代前述結構部位X中之前述陽離子部位M 1 +而成之HA 1所表示的源自酸性部位之酸離解常數a1;和用H +取代前述結構部位Y中的前述陽離子部位M 2 +而成之HA 2所表示的源自酸性部位之酸離解常數a2,並且,前述酸離解常數a2大於前述酸離解常數a1。 Condition I: In the aforementioned compound (I), the complex PI formed by substituting H + for the aforementioned cationic site M 1 + in the aforementioned structural site X and the aforementioned cationic site M 2 + in the aforementioned structural site Y has: + the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 formed by substituting the aforementioned cationic site M 1 in the aforementioned structural site X; and replacing the aforementioned cationic site M 2 + in the aforementioned structural site Y with H + The acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acid site represented by the formed HA 2 , and the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1.

以下,更具體地說明條件I。    例如,當化合物(I)係產生具有一個源自前述結構部分X的第一酸性部分和一個源自前述結構部分Y的第二酸性部分的酸的化合物之情況下,化合物PI相當於「具有HA 1和HA 2之化合物」。    如果更具體地說明,上述化合物PI的酸離解常數a1和酸離解常數a2,於求出了化合物PI的酸離解常數之情況下,化合物PI為「具有A 1 -和HA 2的化合物」時,pKa為酸離解常數a1,前述「具有A 1 -和HA 2的化合物」為「具有A 1 -和A 2 -的化合物」時,pKa為酸離解常數a2。 Hereinafter, condition I will be described more specifically. For example, when compound (I) is a compound that produces an acid having a first acidic moiety derived from the aforementioned moiety X and a second acidic moiety derived from the aforementioned moiety Y, compound PI is equivalent to "has HA 1 and HA 2 compound". More specifically, when the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the above-mentioned compound PI are obtained and the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is obtained, when the compound PI is "a compound having A 1 - and HA 2 ", pKa is the acid dissociation constant a1, and when the aforementioned "compound having A 1 - and HA 2 " is "a compound having A 1 - and A 2 - ", pKa is the acid dissociation constant a2.

此外,例如,當化合物(I)係產生具有兩個源自前述結構部分X的第一酸性部分和一個源自前述結構部分Y的第二酸性部分的酸的化合物之情況下,化合物PI相當於「具有兩個HA 1和一個HA 2之化合物」。    於求出了上述化合物PI的酸離解常數之情況下,化合物PI為「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」時之酸離解常數,以及「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」時之酸離解常數相當於前述酸離解常數a1。此外,「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -和HA 2 -的化合物」時之酸離解常數相當於酸離解常數a2。即,上述化合物PI之情況下,具有多個利用H +取代前述結構部位X中之前述陽離子部位M 1 +而成之HA 1所表示的源自酸性部位之酸離解常數時,相較於多個酸離解常數a1中的最大值,酸離解常數a2的值更大。此外,將化合物PI為「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」時之酸離解常數設為aa,將「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -、和一個HA 2的化合物」時之酸離解常數設為ab時,aa和ab的關係滿足aa<ab。 In addition, for example, when compound (I) is a compound that produces an acid having two first acidic moieties derived from the aforementioned structural moiety X and one acidic moiety derived from the aforementioned structural moiety Y, compound PI is equivalent to "Compound with two HA 1 and one HA 2 ". In the case where the acid dissociation constant of the above-mentioned compound PI is obtained, the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI being "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 ", and "having one A 1 - , one When the compound of HA 1 and one HA 2 " is "the compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 ", the acid dissociation constant corresponds to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, when the "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is "the compound having two A 1 - and HA 2 - ", the acid dissociation constant corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2. That is, in the case of the above-mentioned compound PI, when having a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from acidic sites represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by substituting H + for the aforementioned cationic site M 1 + in the aforementioned structural site X, compared with multiple The maximum value of the acid dissociation constant a1, the value of the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger. In addition, when the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is "the compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is set to aa, the "compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " When the acid dissociation constant for "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is set to ab, the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa<ab.

酸離解常數a1和酸離解常數a2可藉由前述酸離解常數之測定方法求出。    前述化合物PI相當於對化合物(I)照射光化射線或放射線時產生的酸。    化合物(I)具有兩個以上的結構部位X之情況下,結構部位X分別可以相同亦可以不同。此外,兩個以上的前述A 1 -彼此之間以及兩個以上的前述M 1 +彼此之間分別可以相同亦可以不同。    此外,化合物(I)中,前述A 1 -及前述A 2 -、以及前述M 1 +及前述M 2 +分別可以相同亦可以不同,較佳為前述A 1 -及前述A 2 -分別不同。 The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 can be obtained by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above. The aforementioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when the compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. When the compound (I) has two or more structural sites X, the structural sites X may be the same or different. In addition, two or more aforementioned A 1 −s and two or more aforementioned M 1 + s may be the same or different from each other. In addition, in the compound (I), the aforementioned A 1 - and the aforementioned A 2 - , and the aforementioned M 1 + and the aforementioned M 2 + may be the same or different, respectively, preferably the aforementioned A 1 - and the aforementioned A 2 - are respectively different.

從所形成之圖案的LWR性能更優異的觀點考慮,前述化合物PI中,酸離解常數a1(存在多個酸離解常數a1時為其最大值)與酸離解常數a2之差(a2-a1),0.1以上較佳,0.5以上進一步較佳,1.0以上更佳。此外,酸離解常數a1(存在多個酸離解常數a1時為其最大值)與酸離解常數a2之差(a2-a1)之上限為16.0以下較佳。From the point of view that the LWR performance of the formed pattern is more excellent, in the aforementioned compound PI, the difference (a2-a1) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are multiple acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2, It is preferably at least 0.1, further preferably at least 0.5, and more preferably at least 1.0. In addition, the upper limit of the difference (a2-a1) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are a plurality of acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 16.0 or less.

此外,從所形成的圖案的LWR性能更優異的方面考慮,前述化合物PI中,酸離解常數a2為20.0以下較佳,15.0以下更佳。其下限為-4.0以上較佳。In addition, in the compound PI, the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 20.0 or less, more preferably 15.0 or less, from the viewpoint of better LWR performance of the formed pattern. The lower limit thereof is preferably -4.0 or more.

此外,從所形成的圖案的LWR性能更優異的觀點考慮,前述化合物PI中,酸離解常數a1為2.0以下較佳,0以下更佳。其下限為-20.0以上較佳。In addition, in the above-mentioned compound PI, the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 0 or less, from the viewpoint of better LWR performance of the formed pattern. The lower limit thereof is preferably -20.0 or more.

陰離子部位A 1 -以及陰離子部位A 2 -係具有帶負電荷的原子或原子團之結構部位,例如,可舉出選自由以下化學式(AA-1)~(AA-3)所表示之基團以及由化學式(BB-1)~(BB-6)所表示之基團所構成的組中的結構部位。作為陰離子部位A 1 -,能夠形成酸離解常數較小的酸性部位者較佳,由化學式(AA-1)~(AA-3)所表示之基團中的任意一種更佳。此外,作為陰離子部位A 2 -,能夠形成酸離解常數比陰離子部位A 1 -更大的酸性部位者較佳,化學式(BB-1)~(BB-6)所表示之基團中的任意一種更佳。此外,以下化學式(AA-1)~(AA-3)以及化學式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中,*表示鍵合位置。    化學式(AA-2)中,R A表示一價的有機基。作為由R A表示的一價的有機基,可舉出氰基、三氟甲基和甲基磺醯基等。 The anion site A 1 - and the anion site A 2 - are structural sites having negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, for example, groups selected from the following chemical formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and Structural site in the group consisting of groups represented by chemical formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6). As the anion moiety A 1 - , one capable of forming an acidic moiety with a smaller acid dissociation constant is preferable, and any one of groups represented by chemical formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) is more preferable. In addition, as the anion site A 2 - , those capable of forming an acidic site with a higher acid dissociation constant than the anion site A 1 - are preferred, and any one of the groups represented by the chemical formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) better. In addition, in the following chemical formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and chemical formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents a bonding position. In the chemical formula (AA-2), R A represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R A include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methylsulfonyl group.

[化學式47]

Figure 02_image095
Figure 02_image097
[chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image095
Figure 02_image097

此外,陽離子部位M 1 +以及陽離子部位M 2 +係具有帶正電荷的原子或原子團之結構部位,例如,可舉出電荷為一價有機陽離子。此外,作為有機陽離子,例如,可舉出與後述化學式(Ia-1)中的M 11 +及M 12 +所表示的有機陽離子相同者。 In addition, the cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + are structural sites having positively charged atoms or atomic groups, for example, the charge is a monovalent organic cation. In addition, examples of the organic cation include the same ones as those represented by M 11 + and M 12 + in the chemical formula (Ia-1) described later.

作為化合物(I)的具體結構,例如,可舉出後述化學式(Ia-1)~化學式(Ia-5)所表示的化合物。    以下,首先對化學式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物進行敘述。由化學式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物如下。As a specific structure of compound (I), the compound represented by chemical formula (Ia-1) - chemical formula (Ia-5) mentioned later is mentioned, for example. In the following, first, the compound represented by the chemical formula (Ia-1) will be described. The compounds represented by the chemical formula (Ia-1) are as follows.

M 11 +A 11 -L 1-A 12 M 12 +(Ia-1) M 11 + A 11 - - L 1 - A 12 - M 12 + (Ia-1)

藉由光化射線或放射線對化合物(Ia-1)進行照射,由HA 11-L 1-A 12H所表示的化合物產生酸。 When the compound (Ia-1) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation, the compound represented by HA 11 -L 1 -A 12 H generates an acid.

化學式(Ia-1)中,M 11 +及M 12 +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。    A 11 -及A 12 -各自獨立地表示一價陰離子性官能基。    L 1表示二價的連結基。    M 11 +及M 12 +分別可以相同亦可以不同。    A 11 -及A 12 -分別可以相同亦可以不同,但較佳為相互不同。    其中,前述化學式(Ia-1)中,利用H +取代M 11 +及M 12 +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIa(HA 11-L 1-A 12H)中,源自於A 12H所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a2大於源自於HA 11所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1。此外,酸離解常數a1和酸離解常數a2之優選值如上所述。此外,化合物PIa與藉由光化射線或放射線的照射由化學式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物產生的酸相同。    此外,作為取代基,M 11 +、M 12 +、A 11 -、A 12 -和L 1中的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基。 In the chemical formula (Ia-1), M 11 + and M 12 + each independently represent an organic cation. A 11 - and A 12 - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. L 1 represents a divalent linking group. M 11 + and M 12 + may be the same or different. A 11 - and A 12 - may be the same or different, but are preferably different from each other. Among them, in the above chemical formula (Ia-1), the compound PIa (HA 11 -L 1 -A 12 H), which is formed by replacing the organic cations represented by M 11 + and M 12 + with H +, is derived from A 12 The acid dissociation constant a2 of the acid site represented by H is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acid site represented by HA11 . In addition, preferable values of the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are as described above. In addition, compound PIa is the same as the acid generated from the compound represented by the chemical formula (Ia-1) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Furthermore, at least one of M 11 + , M 12 + , A 11 , A 12 and L 1 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

化學式(Ia-1)中,M 1 +及M 2 +表示的有機陽離子,如後所述。 In the chemical formula (Ia-1), the organic cations represented by M 1 + and M 2 + will be described later.

A 11 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基係指具有前述陰離子部位A 1 -之一價基團。此外,A 12 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基係指具有前述陰離子部位A 2 -之一價基團。    A 11 -和A 12 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基,具有前述化學式(AA-1)~(AA-3)以及化學式(BB-1)~(BB-6)所表示的任一個陰離子部位之一價陰離子性官能基較佳,選自具有化學式(AX-1)~(AX-3)以及化學式(BX-1)~(BX-7)所表示的陰離子部位之一價陰離子性官能基所構成的組中的一價陰離子性官能基更佳。    作為由A 11 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基,較佳為化學式(AX-1)~(AX-3)所表示的任意一種一價陰離子性官能基。此外,作為A 12 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基,化學式(BX-1)~(BX-7)所表示的任意一種一價陰離子性官能基較佳,化學式(BX-1)~(BX-6)所表示的任意一種一價陰離子性官能基更佳。 The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 11 - refers to a valent group having the aforementioned anion site A 1 - . In addition, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 12 - refers to a valent group having the aforementioned anion site A 2 - . The monovalent anionic functional groups represented by A 11 - and A 12 - have any one of the anions represented by the aforementioned chemical formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and chemical formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) The one-valent anionic functional group of the site is preferably selected from the one-valent anionic functional group of the anionic site represented by chemical formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3) and chemical formulas (BX-1) to (BX-7) A monovalent anionic functional group in the group consisting of groups is more preferable. The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 11 - is preferably any one of the monovalent anionic functional groups represented by the chemical formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3). In addition, as the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 12 - , any one of the monovalent anionic functional groups represented by the chemical formulas (BX-1) to (BX-7) is preferable, and the chemical formulas (BX-1) to ( Any one of monovalent anionic functional groups represented by BX-6) is more preferable.

[化學式48]

Figure 02_image099
[chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image099

化學式(AX-1)~(AX-3)中,R A1及R A2分別獨立地表示一價的有機基。*表示鍵結位置。 In the chemical formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3), R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. * Indicates bond position.

作為R A1表示的一價的有機基,例如,可舉出氰基、三氟甲基和甲基磺醯基。 Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R A1 include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group and a methylsulfonyl group.

作為R A2表示的一價的有機基,較佳為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或者環狀之烷基或芳香基。    前述烷基之碳數,1~15較佳,1~10進一步較佳,1~6更佳。    前述烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,氟原子或氰基較佳,氟原子更佳。前述烷基具有氟原子作為取代基之情況下,可以係全氟烷基。 The monovalent organic group represented by R A2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl or aromatic group. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, and more preferably 1-6. The aforementioned alkyl group may have a substituent. As the substituent, a fluorine atom or a cyano group is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable. When the aforementioned alkyl group has a fluorine atom as a substituent, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group.

作為芳基,苯基或萘基較佳,苯基更佳。    前述芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,氟原子、碘原子、全氟烷基(例如,碳數1~10較佳,碳數1~6更佳)、或氰基較佳,氟原子、碘原子或全氟烷基更佳。As the aryl group, phenyl or naphthyl is preferable, and phenyl is more preferable. The aforementioned aryl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6), or a cyano group, preferably a fluorine atom, an iodine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group better.

化學式(BX-1)~(BX-4)以及化學式(BX-6)中,R B表示一價的有機基。*表示鍵結位置。    作為由R B表示的一價的有機基,較佳為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或者環狀之烷基或芳香基。    前述烷基之碳數,1~15較佳,1~10進一步較佳,1~6更佳。    前述烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,氟原子或氰基較佳,氟原子更佳。前述烷基具有氟原子作為取代基之情況下,可以係全氟烷基。    此外,於烷基中,成為鍵合位置的碳原子具有取代基之情況下,為氟原子或氰基以外的取代基者亦較佳。(例如,化學式(BX-1)及(BX-4)之情況下,相當於烷基中的化學式中所明示的與-CO-直接鍵合之碳原子;化學式(BX-2)及(BX-3)之情況下,相當於烷基中的化學式中所明示的與-SO 2-直接鍵合之碳原子;化學式(BX-6)之情況下,相當於烷基中的化學式中所明示的與N -直接鍵合之碳原子)    此外,前述烷基之碳原子亦可以被羰基碳取代。 In the chemical formulas (BX-1) to (BX-4) and the chemical formula (BX-6), R B represents a monovalent organic group. * Indicates bond position. The monovalent organic group represented by RB is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group or aromatic group. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, and more preferably 1-6. The aforementioned alkyl group may have a substituent. As the substituent, a fluorine atom or a cyano group is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable. When the aforementioned alkyl group has a fluorine atom as a substituent, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group. Moreover, when the carbon atom which becomes a bonding position has a substituent in an alkyl group, what is a substituent other than a fluorine atom or a cyano group is also preferable. (For example, in the case of chemical formulas (BX-1) and (BX-4), it corresponds to the carbon atom directly bonded to -CO- in the chemical formula in the alkyl group; chemical formulas (BX-2) and (BX In the case of -3), it corresponds to the carbon atom directly bonded to -SO 2 - shown in the chemical formula in the alkyl group; in the case of chemical formula (BX-6), it corresponds to the carbon atom shown in the chemical formula in the alkyl group carbon atom directly bonded to N- ) In addition, the carbon atom of the aforementioned alkyl group may also be substituted by carbonyl carbon.

作為芳基,苯基或萘基較佳,苯基更佳。    前述芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,氟原子、碘原子、全氟烷基(例如,碳數1~10較佳,碳數1~6更佳)、氰基、烷基(例如,碳數1~10較佳,碳數1~6更佳)、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~10較佳,碳數1~6更佳)、或者烷氧羰基(例如,碳數2~10較佳,碳數2~6更佳),氟原子、碘原子、全氟烷基、烷基、烷氧基或者烷氧羰基更佳。As the aryl group, phenyl or naphthyl is preferable, and phenyl is more preferable. The aforementioned aryl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cyano group, an alkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, carbon number 1-6 is more preferable), alkoxy group (for example, carbon number 1-10 is preferable, carbon number 1-6 is more preferable), or alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, carbon number 2-10 is preferable, carbon number 2 ~6 is more preferred), fluorine atom, iodine atom, perfluoroalkyl group, alkyl group, alkoxy group or alkoxycarbonyl group are more preferred.

作為化學式(Ia-1)中的L 1所表示的二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-NR-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。可以係直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種)、環伸烷基(碳數3~15較佳)、伸烯基(碳數2~6較佳)、二價脂肪族雜環基(在環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子的5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳,5~6員環更佳)、二價芳香族雜環基(在環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子的5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳,5~6員環更佳)、二價芳香環基(6~10員環較佳,6員環更佳)、以及將此等多個組合而成之二價的連結基。前述R可舉出氫原子或一價的有機基。作為一價的有機基,例如,較佳為烷基(碳數1~6較佳)。    此外,前述伸烷基、前述環伸烷基、前述伸烯基、前述二價脂肪族雜環基、前述一價芳香族雜環基以及前述二價芳香環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L in the chemical formula (Ia- 1 ) include -CO-, -NR-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, - SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably with 1 to 6 carbons. It can be any one of straight chain and branched chain), ring alkylene (preferably with 3 to 15 carbons), alkenyl(carbon number 2 to 6 are preferred), divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups (5 to 10 membered rings having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se atom in the ring structure are preferred, and 5 to 7 membered rings are further preferred preferably, 5-6 membered ring is more preferred), divalent aromatic heterocyclic group (5-10 membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se atom in the ring structure is preferred, 5-7 membered ring ring is further preferred, 5-6 membered ring is more preferable), divalent aromatic ring group (6-10 membered ring is preferable, 6-membered ring is more preferable), and a divalent linking group formed by combining these . The aforementioned R includes a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) is preferable. In addition, the aforementioned alkylene group, the aforementioned cycloalkylene group, the aforementioned alkenylene group, the aforementioned divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, the aforementioned monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and the aforementioned divalent aromatic ring group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

作為L 1表示的二價的連結基,較佳為化學式(L1)所表示的二價的連結基。 The divalent linking group represented by L1 is preferably a divalent linking group represented by chemical formula (L1).

[化學式49]

Figure 02_image101
[chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image101

化學式(L1)中,L 111表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為L 111所表示的二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-NH-、-O-、-SO-、-SO 2-、具有取代基的伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種。)、具有取代基的環伸烷基(碳數3~15較佳)、可以具有取代基的芳基(碳數6~10較佳)、以及將此等多個組合而成之二價的連結基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子。    p表示0~3的整數,表示1~3的整數較佳。    v表示0或1的整數。    Xf 1各自獨立地表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。烷基的碳數,1~10較佳,1~4更佳。此外,作為被至少一個的氟原子取代的烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。    Xf 2各自獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或作為取代基可以具有氟原子的烷基。烷基的碳數,1~10較佳,1~4更佳。Xf 2較佳為氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代的烴基,氟原子或全氟烷基更佳。    其中,Xf 1和Xf 2各自獨立地為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基較佳,為氟原子或CF 3進一步較佳,Xf 1和Xf 2均為氟原子特佳。    *表示鍵結位置。    化學式(Ia-1)中的L 11表示化學式(L1)所表示的二價的連結基之情況下,較佳為化學式(L1)中的L 111側之鍵合鍵(*)與化學式(Ia-1)中的A 12 -鍵合。 In the chemical formula (L1), L 111 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 111 include -CO-, -NH-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene groups having substituents (carbon number 1 to 6 is preferred. Any one of linear and branched.), ring alkylene with substituents (preferably 3 to 15 carbons), aryl groups that may have substituents (preferably 6 to 10 carbons) Excellent), and a divalent linking group formed by combining these multiples. As a substituent, a halogen atom is mentioned, for example. p represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. v represents an integer of 0 or 1. Xf 1 each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. In addition, the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom as a substituent. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. Xf 2 is preferably a fluorine atom or a hydrocarbon group substituted by at least one fluorine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Among them, Xf 1 and Xf 2 are each independently preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 , and particularly preferably both Xf 1 and Xf 2 are a fluorine atom. * Indicates bond position. When L 11 in the chemical formula (Ia-1) represents a divalent linking group represented by the chemical formula (L1), it is preferable that the bonding bond (*) on the side of the L 111 in the chemical formula (L1) is the same as that of the chemical formula (Ia- A 12 -bonding in 1).

對(Ia-1)中,M 11 +及M 12 +表示的有機陽離子之優選形態進行詳述。    M 11 +及M 12 +所表示的有機陽離子,較佳為各自獨立地由化學式(ZaI)所表示的有機陽離子(陽離子(ZaI))、或者由化學式(ZaII)所表示的有機陽離子(陽離子(ZaII))。 In (Ia-1), preferred forms of the organic cations represented by M 11 + and M 12 + will be described in detail. The organic cations represented by M 11 + and M 12 + are preferably organic cations (cations (ZaI)) represented by chemical formula (ZaI) or organic cations represented by chemical formula (ZaII) (cations ( ZaII)).

[化學式50]

Figure 02_image103
[chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image103

化學式(ZaI)中,R 201、R 202及R 203分別獨立地表示有機基。    作為R 201、R 202及R 203的有機基之碳數,通常為1~30,較佳為1~20。此外,R 201~R 203中的兩個可以鍵結而形成環結構,環內可以具有氧原子、硫原子、-COO-、醯胺基或羰基。作為R 201~R 203中的兩個鍵結而形成之基團,可舉出伸烷基(例如,伸丁基和伸戊基)、以及-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 2-CH 2-。 In the chemical formula (ZaI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. The carbon number of the organic groups of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is usually 1-30, preferably 1-20. In addition, two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, -COO-, an amido group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of groups formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups (for example, butylene groups and pentylene groups), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.

作為化學式(ZaI)中的有機陽離子之較佳態樣,可舉出後述之陽離子(ZaI-1)、陽離子(ZaI-2)、化學式(ZaI-3b)所表示的有機陽離子(陽離子(ZaI-3b))、以及化學式(ZaI-4b)所表示的有機陽離子(陽離子(ZaI-4b))。As a preferred aspect of the organic cation in the chemical formula (ZaI), organic cations (cations (ZaI- 3b)), and the organic cation represented by the chemical formula (ZaI-4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)).

首先,對陽離子(ZaI-1)進行說明。    陽離子(ZaI-1)為前述化學式(ZaI)的R 201~R 203中的至少一個係芳基之芳基鋶陽離子。    作為芳基鋶陽離子,可以係R 201~R 203全部為芳基,亦可以係R 201~R 203的一部分為芳基,餘者為烷基或環烷基。    此外,可以係R 201~R 203中的一個為芳基、R 201~R 203中剩餘的兩個鍵結而形成環狀結構,環內亦可以具有氧原子、硫原子、-COO-、醯胺基或羰基。作為R 201~R 203中的兩個鍵結而形成之基團,例如,可舉出伸烷基(例如,伸丁基、伸戊基或-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 2-CH 2-),其中,一個以上的亞甲基可以被氧原子、硫原子、-COO-、醯胺基和/或羰基取代。    作為芳基鋶陽離子,例如,可舉出三芳基鋶陽離子、二芳基烷基鋶陽離子、芳基二烷基鋶陽離子、二芳基環烷基鋶陽離子、以及芳基二環烷基鋶陽離子。 First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described. The cation (ZaI-1) is an aryl alumium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the aforementioned chemical formula (ZaI) is an aryl group. As the aryl cobaltium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, and the rest may be alkyl or cycloalkyl. In addition, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may also have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, -COO-, acyl Amino or carbonyl. As the group formed by two bonds among R 201 to R 203 , for example, an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group, a pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -), wherein more than one methylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, -COO-, an amido group and/or a carbonyl group. As the aryl columium cation, for example, a triaryl cobalium cation, a diaryl alkyl columium cation, an aryl dialkyl columium cation, a diarylcycloalkyl columium cation, and an aryl bicycloalkyl columium cation .

作為芳基鋶陽離子中所含有之芳基,苯基或萘基較佳,苯基更佳。芳基可以為具有含氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子等的雜環結構之芳基。作為雜環結構,可舉出吡咯殘基、呋喃殘基、噻吩殘基、吲哚殘基、苯並呋喃殘基、以及苯並噻吩殘基。芳基鋶陽離子具有兩個以上的芳基之情況下,兩個以上的芳基可以相同亦可以不同。    芳基鋶陽離子視需要而具有之烷基或環烷基,碳數1~15的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~15的支鏈狀烷基或碳數3~15的環烷基較佳,甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、環丙基、環丁基及環己基等更佳。As the aryl group contained in the arylconium cation, phenyl or naphthyl is preferable, and phenyl is more preferable. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure including an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, and benzothiophene residues. When the aryl perium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different. The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the aryl group cation may have as needed, the linear alkyl group with 1 to 15 carbons, the branched chain alkyl group with 3 to 15 carbons or the cycloalkyl group with 3 to 15 carbons Preferably, methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, secondary butyl, tertiary butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and cyclohexyl are more preferred.

作為R 201~R 203之芳基、烷基及環烷基,較佳為可以各自獨立地具有烷基(例如,碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如,碳數3~15)、芳基(例如,碳數6~14)、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~15)、環烷基烷氧基(例如,碳數1~15)、鹵素原子(例如,氟和碘)、羥基、羧基、-COO-、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、烷硫基或苯硫基作為取代基。    若情況允許,前述取代基可以更具有取代基,例如,前述烷基具有鹵素原子作為取代基、而變成三氟甲基等鹵化烷基亦較佳。    此外,前述取代基藉由任意的組合而形成酸分解性基亦較佳。    此外,酸分解性基係指藉由酸的作用分解而產生酸基之基團,較佳為酸基被藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基保護的結構。作為前述酸基及脫離基,如上所述。 As the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 , it is preferable to independently have an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), Aryl group (for example, carbon number 6-14), alkoxy group (for example, carbon number 1-15), cycloalkylalkoxy group (for example, carbon number 1-15), halogen atom (for example, fluorine and iodine) , hydroxyl, carboxyl, -COO-, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, alkylthio or phenylthio as substituents. If the situation permits, the above-mentioned substituents may further have substituents. For example, the above-mentioned alkyl groups have halogen atoms as substituents, and it is also preferable to change them into halogenated alkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl. In addition, it is also preferable that the aforementioned substituents form an acid-decomposable group by arbitrary combinations. In addition, the acid-decomposable group refers to a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an acid group, and is preferably a structure in which the acid group is protected by a detachment group detached by the action of an acid. The aforementioned acid group and leaving group are as described above.

接下來,對陽離子(ZaI-2)進行說明。    陽離子(ZaI-2)為化學式(ZaI)中的R 201~R 203各自獨立地表示不具有芳香環之有機基的陽離子。此外,作為芳香環,亦包含具有雜原子的芳香族環。    作為R 201〜R 203的不具有芳香環之有機基,通常碳數為1~30,碳數1~20較佳。    R 201~R 203各自獨立地為烷基、環烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基較佳,直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧化烷基、2-氧化環烷基或烷氧羰基甲基進一步較佳,直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧化烷基更佳。 Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described. The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the chemical formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group not having an aromatic ring. Moreover, the aromatic ring which has a heteroatom is also contained as an aromatic ring. The organic group without an aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 usually has 1 to 30 carbons, preferably 1 to 20 carbons. R 201 to R 203 are each independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, allyl or vinyl, preferably linear or branched 2-oxyalkyl, 2-oxycycloalkyl or alkoxycarbonylmethyl A group is further preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxyalkyl group is more preferred.

作為R 201~R 203之烷基和環烷基,例如,可舉出碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10的支鏈狀烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基及戊基)、以及碳數3~10的環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基及降莰基)。    R 201~R 203可以進一步被鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~5)、羥基、氰基或硝基取代。    此外,R 201~R 203的取代基還較佳為,各自獨立地藉由取代基之任意組合形成酸分解性基者。 As the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 , for example, linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbons or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbons (for example, methyl, ethyl, etc.) , propyl, butyl, and pentyl), and cycloalkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl). R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group. In addition, it is preferable that the substituents of R 201 to R 203 each independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of substituents.

接下來,對陽離子(ZaI-3b)進行說明。    陽離子(ZaI-3b)為化學式(ZaI-3b)所表示之陽離子。Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-3b) is the cation represented by the chemical formula (ZaI-3b).

[化學式51]

Figure 02_image105
[chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image105

化學式(ZaI-3b)中,R 1c~R 5c各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰氧基、環烷基羰氧基、鹵素原子、羥基、硝基、烷硫基或芳硫基。    R 6c及R 7c各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(三級丁基等)、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或芳基。    R x及R y各自獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、2-氧化烷基、2-氧化環烷基、烷氧羰基烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基。    此外,R 1c~R 7c、以及R x及R y的取代基還較佳為,各自獨立地藉由取代基的任意組合形成酸分解性基者。 In the chemical formula (ZaI-3b), R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, cycloalkane an ylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group. R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a tertiary butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group. R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxyalkyl group, a 2-oxycycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group. In addition, the substituents of R 1c to R 7c , and R x and R y are preferably each independently formed an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 5c和R 6c、R 6c和R 7c、R 5c和R x、以及R x和R y可以分別相互鍵結而形成環,該環可以各自獨立地包含氧原子、硫原子、酮基、酯鍵或醯胺鍵。    作為前述環,可舉出芳香族或非芳香族之烴環、芳香族或非芳香族之雜環、以及將兩個以上此等環組合而成之多環縮環。作為環,可舉出3~10員環,4~8員環較佳,5或6員環更佳。 Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the rings may be independently Contains oxygen atom, sulfur atom, keto group, ester bond or amide bond. Examples of the aforementioned rings include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycles, and polycyclic condensed rings in which two or more of these rings are combined. Examples of the ring include rings with 3 to 10 members, preferably rings with 4 to 8 members, and more preferably rings with 5 or 6 members.

作為R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 6C和R 7C、以及R x和R y鍵結而形成之基團,可舉出伸丁基及伸戊基等伸烷基。該伸烷基中之亞甲基可以被氧原子等雜原子取代。    作為R 5c和R 6c、以及R 5c和R x鍵結而形成之基團,較佳為單鍵或伸烷基。作為伸烷基,例如,可舉出亞甲基及亞乙基等。 Examples of groups formed by bonding any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6C and R 7C , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene. The methylene group in the alkylene group may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom. The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. As an alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

R 1c~R 5c、R 6c、R 7c、R x、R y、以及R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 5c和R 6c、R 6c和R 7c、R 5c和R x、以及R x與R y分別相互鍵結而形成之環,可以具有取代基。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and The ring formed by R x and R y being bonded to each other may have a substituent.

接下來,對陽離子(ZaI-4b)進行說明。    陽離子(ZaI-4b)為化學式(ZaI-4b)所表示之陽離子。Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-4b) is the cation represented by the chemical formula (ZaI-4b).

[化學式52]

Figure 02_image107
[chemical formula 52]
Figure 02_image107

化學式(ZaI-4b)中,    l表示0~2的整數,    r表示0~8的整數。    R 13表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、碘原子等)、羥基、烷基、鹵化烷基、烷氧基、羧基、烷氧羰基、或者具有環烷基之基團(可以係環烷基其本身,亦可以係含有部分環烷基之基團)。此等基團可以更具有取代基。    R 14表示羥基、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、碘原子等)、烷基、鹵化烷基、烷氧基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基、烷基磺醯基、環烷基磺醯基、或者含有環烷基之基團(可以係環烷基其本身,亦可以係含有部分環烷基之基團)。此等基團可以具有取代基。R 14存在多個之情況下,各自獨立地表示羥基等前述基團。    R 15各自獨立地表示烷基、環烷基或萘基。兩個R 15可以相互鍵結而形成環。當兩個R 15相互鍵結而形成環時,環骨架內可以包含氧原子或氮原子等雜原子。於一態樣中,兩個R 15為伸烷基、且相互鍵結而形成環結構為較佳。此外,前述烷基、前述環烷基及前述萘基、以及兩個R 15相互鍵結而形成之環可以具有取代基。 In the chemical formula (ZaI-4b), l represents an integer of 0-2, and r represents an integer of 0-8. R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (which may be a ring An alkyl group itself may also be a group containing a part of a cycloalkyl group). These groups may further have substituents. R represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, Or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (it may be a cycloalkyl group itself, or a group containing part of a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents. When R 14 exists in plural, each independently represents the aforementioned groups such as hydroxyl. R 15 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms or nitrogen atoms may be included in the ring skeleton. In one aspect, it is preferable that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In addition, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned cycloalkyl group, the aforementioned naphthyl group, and a ring formed by bonding two R 15 to each other may have a substituent.

R 13、R 14和R 15的烴基可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。烷基的碳數為1~10較佳。作為烷基,甲基、乙基、正丁基或三級丁基更佳。    此外,R 13~R 15、以及R x和R y的各個取代基還較佳為,各自獨立地藉由取代基的任意組合形成酸分解性基者。 The hydrocarbon groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. As the alkyl group, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl is more preferable. In addition, each substituent of R 13 to R 15 , and R x and R y is preferably one that independently forms an acid-decomposable group through any combination of substituents.

接下來,對化學式(ZaII)進行說明。    化學式(ZaII)中,R 204和R 205各自獨立地表示芳基、烷基或環烷基。    作為R 204和R 205之芳基,苯基或萘基較佳,苯基更佳。R 204和R 205的芳基可以為具有雜環之芳基,該雜環具有氧原子、氮原子或硫原子等。作為具有雜環之芳基的骨架,例如,可舉出吡咯、呋喃、噻吩、吲哚、苯並呋喃及苯並噻吩。    作為R 204和R 205的烷基和環烷基,較佳為碳數1~10之直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10之支鏈狀烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基或戊基)、或者碳數3〜10之環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基或降莰基)。 Next, chemical formula (ZaII) will be described. In the chemical formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. As the aryl group of R204 and R205 , phenyl or naphthyl is preferred, and phenyl is more preferred. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic ring having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene. The alkyl and cycloalkyl groups for R204 and R205 are preferably linear alkyl groups with 1 to 10 carbons or branched chain alkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbons (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.) group, butyl or pentyl), or a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or norbornyl).

R 204和R 205的芳基、烷基及環烷基,可以各自獨立地具有取代基。作為R 204和R 205的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以具有的取代基,例如,可舉出烷基(例如,碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如,碳數3~15)、芳基(例如,碳數6~15)、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~15)、鹵素原子、羥基以及苯硫基等。此外,R 204和R 205的取代基還較佳為,各自獨立地藉由取代基的任意組合形成酸分解性基者。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. As substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), ), aryl group (for example, carbon number 6-15), alkoxy group (for example, carbon number 1-15), halogen atom, hydroxyl group, phenylthio group and the like. In addition, the substituents of R 204 and R 205 are preferably those that independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of substituents.

接著,對式(Ia-2)~(Ia-4)進行說明。Next, formulas (Ia-2) to (Ia-4) will be described.

[化學式53]

Figure 02_image109
[chemical formula 53]
Figure 02_image109

化學式(Ia-2)中,A 21a -和A 21b -各自獨立地表示一價陰離子性官能基。在此,A 21a -和A 21b -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基係指具有前述陰離子部位A 1 -之一價基團。作為A 21a -和A 21b -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基,例如,可舉出選自前述化學式(AX-1)~(AX-3)所構成的組中的一價陰離子性官能基。    A 22 -表示二價陰離子性官能基。在此,A 22 -所表示的二價陰離子性官能基係指具有前述陰離子部位A 2 -之二價基團。作為A 22 -所表示的二價陰離子性官能基,例如,可舉出由以下化學式(BX-8)~(BX-11)所表示之二價陰離子性官能基。 In the chemical formula (Ia-2), A 21a - and A 21b - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. Here, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 21a - and A 21b - refers to a valent group having the aforementioned anion site A 1 - . Examples of the monovalent anionic functional groups represented by A 21a - and A 21b - include monovalent anionic functional groups selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned chemical formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3). . A 22 - represents a dianionic functional group. Here, the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 22 - refers to a divalent group having the aforementioned anion site A 2 - . Examples of the dianionic functional group represented by A 22 - include dianionic functional groups represented by the following chemical formulas (BX-8) to (BX-11).

[化學式54]

Figure 02_image111
[chemical formula 54]
Figure 02_image111

M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。作為由M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +所表示的有機陽離子,與前述M 1 +含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    L 21及L 22各自獨立地表示二價的有機基。 M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + each independently represent an organic cation. The organic cations represented by M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + have the same meaning as M 1 + above, and their preferred modes are also the same. L 21 and L 22 each independently represent a divalent organic group.

此外,前述化學式(Ia-2)中,利用H +取代M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIa-2中,源自於A 22H所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a2大於源自於A 21aH之酸離解常數a1-1以及源自於A 21bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-2。此外,酸離解常數a1-1和酸離解常數a1-2相當於前述酸離解常數a1。    此外,A 21a -及A 21b -可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。此外,M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。    此外,M 21a +、M 21b +、M 22 +、A 21a -、A 21b -、L 21和L 22中的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In addition, in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-2), the compound PIa-2, which is obtained by substituting H + for the organic cations represented by M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + , is derived from the acidity represented by A 22 H The acid dissociation constant a2 of the site is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-1 derived from A 21a H and the acid dissociation constant a1-2 derived from the acidic site represented by A 21b H. In addition, the acid dissociation constant a1-1 and the acid dissociation constant a1-2 correspond to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, A 21a - and A 21b - may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, at least one of M 21a + , M 21b + , M 22 + , A 21a , A 21b , L 21 and L 22 may have an acid-decomposable group as a substituent.

化學式(Ia-3)中,A 31a -和A 32 -各自獨立地表示一價陰離子性官能基。此外,A 31a -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基之定義,與前述化學式(Ia-2)中的A 21a -及A 21b -含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    A 32 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基係指包含前述陰離子部位A 2 -之一價基團。作為A 32 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基,例如,可舉出選自由前述化學式(BX-1)~(BX-7)所構成的組中的一價陰離子性官能基。    A 31b -表示二價陰離子性官能基。在此,A 31b -所表示的二價陰離子性官能基係指包含前述陰離子部位A 1 -之二價基團。作為A 31b -所表示的二價陰離子性官能基,例如,可舉出如下所述化學式(AX-4)所表示的二價陰離子性官能基。 In the chemical formula (Ia-3), A 31a - and A 32 - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. In addition, the definition of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 31a - is the same as that of A 21a - and A 21b - in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-2), and the preferred mode is also the same. The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 32 - refers to a valent group including the aforementioned anionic portion A 2 - . Examples of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 32 - include monovalent anionic functional groups selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned chemical formulas (BX-1) to (BX-7). A 31b - represents a dianionic functional group. Here, the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 31b - refers to a divalent group including the aforementioned anion site A 1 - . Examples of the dianionic functional group represented by A 31b - include, for example, dianionic functional groups represented by the following chemical formula (AX-4).

[化學式55]

Figure 02_image113
[chemical formula 55]
Figure 02_image113

M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +分別獨立地表示一價有機陽離子。作為M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +有機陽離子,與前述M 1 +含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    L 31和L 32各自獨立地表示二價的有機基。 M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + each independently represent a monovalent organic cation. M 31a + , M 31b + , and M 32 + organic cations have the same meaning as M 1 + above, and their preferred modes are also the same. L 31 and L 32 each independently represent a divalent organic group.

此外,前述化學式(Ia-3)中,利用H +取代M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIa-3中,源自於A 32H所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a2大於源自於A 31aH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-3以及源自於A 31bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-4。此外,酸離解常數a1-3和酸離解常數a1-4相當於前述酸離解常數a1。    此外,A 31a -及A 32 -可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。此外,M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。    此外,M 31a +、M 31b +、M 32 +、A 31a -、A 32 -、L 31及L 32的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In addition, in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-3), the compound PIa-3, which is obtained by substituting H + for organic cations represented by M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + , is derived from the acidity represented by A 32 H The acid dissociation constant a2 of the site is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-3 derived from the acid site represented by A 31a H and the acid dissociation constant a1-4 derived from the acid site represented by A 31b H. In addition, the acid dissociation constant a1-3 and the acid dissociation constant a1-4 correspond to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, A 31a - and A 32 - may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, at least one of M 31a + , M 31b + , M 32 + , A 31a - , A 32 - , L 31 and L 32 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

化學式(Ia-4)中,A 41a ,A 41b 及A 42 -各自獨立地表示一價陰離子性官能基。此外,A 41a -及A 41b -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基之定義,與前述化學式(Ia-2)中的A 21a -及A 21b -含義相同。此外,A 42 -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基之定義,與前述化學式(Ia-3)中的A 32 -含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    M 41a +、M 41b +及M 42 +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。    L 41表示三價的有機基。 In the chemical formula (Ia-4), A 41a - , A 41b - and A 42 - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. In addition, the definition of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 41a - and A 41b - is the same as that of A 21a - and A 21b - in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-2). In addition, the definition of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 42 - is the same as that of A 32 - in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-3), and the preferred mode is also the same. M 41a + , M 41b + and M 42 + each independently represent an organic cation. L 41 represents a trivalent organic group.

此外,前述化學式(Ia-4)中,利用H +取代M 41a +、M 41b +及M 42 +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIa-4中,源自於A 42H所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a2大於源自於A 41aH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-5以及源自於A 41bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-6。此外,酸離解常數a1-5和酸離解常數a1-6相當於前述酸離解常數a1。    此外,A 41a 、A 41b 及A 42 -可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。此外,M 41a +、M 41b +及M 42 +可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。    此外,M 41a +、M 41b +、M 42 +、A 41a -、A 41b -、A 42 -及L 41的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In addition, in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-4), the compound PIa-4, which is obtained by substituting H + for the organic cations represented by M 41a + , M 41b + and M 42 + , is derived from the acidity represented by A 42 H The acid dissociation constant a2 of the site is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-5 derived from the acidic site represented by A 41a H and the acid dissociation constant a1-6 derived from the acidic site represented by A 41b H. In addition, the acid dissociation constant a1-5 and the acid dissociation constant a1-6 correspond to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, A 41a - , A 41b - and A 42 - may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, M 41a + , M 41b + and M 42 + may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, at least one of M 41a + , M 41b + , M 42 + , A 41a - , A 41b - , A 42 - and L 41 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

作為化學式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22、以及化學式(Ia-3)中的L 31及L 32所表示的二價的有機基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種。)、環伸烷基(碳數3~15較佳)、伸烯基(碳數2~6較佳)、二價的脂肪族雜環基(環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子之5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳,5~6員環更佳。)、二價的芳香族雜環基(環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子之5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳、5~6員環更佳。)、二價的芳香環基(6~10員環較佳,6員環更佳)、以及將此等多個組合而成之二價的有機基。前述R可舉出氫原子或一價的有機基。作為一價的有機基,例如,較佳為烷基(碳數1~6較佳)。    此外,前述伸烷基、前述環伸烷基、前述伸烯基、前述二價的脂肪族雜環基、二價的芳香族雜環基和二價的芳香環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 Examples of divalent organic groups represented by L 21 and L 22 in the chemical formula (Ia-2) and L 31 and L 32 in the chemical formula (Ia-3) include -CO-, -NR- . 3 to 15 are preferred), alkenyl groups (2 to 6 carbons are preferred), divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups (5 to 5 with at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se atom in the ring structure) A 10-membered ring is preferred, a 5-7 membered ring is further preferred, and a 5-6-membered ring is more preferred.), a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group (having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se in the ring structure 5-10-membered ring is preferred, 5-7-membered ring is further preferred, and 5-6-membered ring is more preferred.), divalent aromatic ring group (6-10-membered ring is preferred, 6-membered ring is more preferred) , and a divalent organic group formed by combining these multiple groups. The aforementioned R includes a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) is preferable. In addition, the aforementioned alkylene group, the aforementioned cycloalkylene group, the aforementioned alkenylene group, the aforementioned divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, the aforementioned divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and the aforementioned divalent aromatic ring group may have substituents. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

作為化學式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22、以及化學式(Ia-3)中的L 31及L 32所表示的二價的有機基,例如,為化學式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基亦佳。 As the divalent organic groups represented by L 21 and L 22 in the chemical formula (Ia-2) and L 31 and L 32 in the chemical formula (Ia-3), for example, divalent organic groups represented by the chemical formula (L2) The organic base is also good.

[化學式56]

Figure 02_image115
[chemical formula 56]
Figure 02_image115

化學式(L2)中,q表示1~3的整數。*表示鍵結位置。    Xf各自獨立地表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代之烷基。該烷基的碳數,1~10較佳,1~4更佳。此外,作為被至少一個氟原子取代之烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。    作為Xf,為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基較佳,為氟原子或CF 3進一步較佳。兩者的Xf為氟原子更佳。 In chemical formula (L2), q represents the integer of 1-3. * Indicates bond position. Xf each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. Furthermore, as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . Xf of both is more preferably a fluorine atom.

L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    作為L A所表示的一價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO 2-和伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種)、環伸烷基(碳數3~15)、二價的芳香環基(6~10員環較佳,6員環更佳)、以及將此等多個組合而成之二價的連結基。    此外,前述伸烷基、前述環伸烷基以及二價的芳香環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the monovalent linking group represented by L A include -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and alkylene groups (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Linear and branched) chain), ring alkylene (3-15 carbons), divalent aromatic ring group (6-10 membered ring is better, 6-membered ring is more preferable), and combinations of these A linking group with two valences. In addition, the aforementioned alkylene group, the aforementioned cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic ring group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

作為化學式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基,例如,可舉出*-CF 2-*、*-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-CF 2-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-Ph-O-SO 2-CF 2-*、*-Ph-O-SO 2-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-Ph-O-SO 2-CF 2-CF 2-CF 2-*和*-Ph-OCO-CF 2-*。此外,Ph係指可以具有取代基之伸苯基,較佳為1,4-伸苯基。作為取代基,較佳為烷基(碳數1~10較佳,碳數1~6更佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~10較佳,碳數1~6更佳)、或者烷氧羰基(碳數2~10較佳,碳數2~6更佳)。    化學式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22表示化學式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基之情況下,較佳為化學式(L2)中的L A側的鍵合鍵(*)與化學式(Ia-2)中的A 21 -及A 21b -鍵合。    此外,化學式(Ia-3)中的L 31及L 32表示化學式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基之情況下,較佳為化學式(L2)中的L A側的鍵合鍵(*)與化學式(Ia-3)中的A 31a -及A 32 -鍵合。 Examples of the divalent organic group represented by the chemical formula (L2) include *-CF 2 -*, *-CF 2 -CF 2 -*, *-CF 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -*, * -Ph-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -*, *-Ph-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -*, *-Ph-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -* and *-Ph-OCO-CF 2 -*. In addition, Ph means a phenylene group which may have a substituent, preferably a 1,4-phenylene group. As a substituent, it is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or an alkane group. Oxycarbonyl (preferably having 2 to 10 carbons, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons). In the case where L 21 and L 22 in the chemical formula (Ia-2) represent a divalent organic group represented by the chemical formula (L2), it is preferable that the bonding bond (*) on the LA side in the chemical formula (L2) and the chemical formula A 21 - and A 21b -bonding in (Ia-2). In addition, when L 31 and L 32 in the chemical formula (Ia-3) represent a divalent organic group represented by the chemical formula (L2), it is preferably a bond (*) on the LA side in the chemical formula (L2) It is bonded to A 31a - and A 32 - in the chemical formula (Ia-3).

作為化學式(Ia-4)中的L 41所表示的三價的有機基,例如,可舉出化學式(L3)所表示的三價的有機基。 Examples of the trivalent organic group represented by L 41 in the chemical formula (Ia-4) include trivalent organic groups represented by the chemical formula (L3).

[化學式57]

Figure 02_image117
[chemical formula 57]
Figure 02_image117

化學式(L3)中,L B表示三價烴環基或三價雜環基。*表示鍵結位置。 In the chemical formula (L3), L B represents a trivalent hydrocarbon ring group or a trivalent heterocyclic group. * Indicates bond position.

前述烴環基可以係芳香環基和脂肪族烴環基中的任意一種。前述烴環基中所含有的碳數,6~18較佳,6~14更佳。前述雜環基,可以係芳香環基和脂肪族烴環基中的任意一種。作為前述雜環,環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子之5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳,5~6員環更佳。    作為L B,三價烴環基較佳,苯環基或金剛烷環基更佳。苯環基或金剛烷環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 The aforementioned hydrocarbon ring group may be any one of an aromatic ring group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group. The number of carbons contained in the aforementioned hydrocarbon ring group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-14. The aforementioned heterocyclic group may be any one of an aromatic ring group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group. As the aforementioned heterocyclic ring, a 5-10-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se atom in the ring structure is preferred, a 5-7-membered ring is further preferred, and a 5-6-membered ring is more preferred. As L B , a trivalent hydrocarbon ring group is preferable, and a phenyl ring group or an adamantane ring group is more preferable. The phenyl ring group or adamantane ring group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

此外,化學式(L3)中,L B1〜L B3各自獨立地表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為L B1〜L B3所表示的二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種)、環伸烷基(碳數3~15較佳)、伸烯基(碳數2~6較佳)、二價的脂肪族雜環基(環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子之5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳、5~6員環更佳)、二價的芳香族雜環基(環結構內具有至少一個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或Se原子之5~10員環較佳,5~7員環進一步較佳、5~6員環更佳)、二價的芳香環基(6~10員環較佳,6員環更佳)、以及將此等組合而成之二價的連結基。前述R可舉出氫原子或一價的有機基。作為一價的有機基,例如,較佳為烷基(碳數1~6較佳)。    此外,前述伸烷基、前述環伸烷基、前述伸烯基、前述二價的脂肪族雜環基、二價的芳香族雜環基和二價的芳香環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。    作為L B1〜L B3所表示的二價的連結基,較佳為-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、可以具有取代基之伸烷基、或者將此等組合之二價的連結基。 In addition, in the chemical formula (L3), L B1 to L B3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of divalent linking groups represented by L B1 to L B3 include -CO-, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene (carbon The number is preferably 1 to 6. Any one of straight chain and branched chain), ring alkylene (preferably 3 to 15 carbons), alkenyl (preferably 2 to 6 carbons), divalent Aliphatic heterocyclic group (preferably a 5-10-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se atom in the ring structure, more preferably a 5-7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-6-membered ring), A divalent aromatic heterocyclic group (a 5-10-membered ring with at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or Se atom in the ring structure is preferred, a 5-7-membered ring is further preferred, a 5-6-membered ring is more preferred) preferably), a divalent aromatic ring group (preferably a 6-10-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring), and a divalent linking group formed by combining these. The aforementioned R includes a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) is preferable. In addition, the aforementioned alkylene group, the aforementioned cycloalkylene group, the aforementioned alkenylene group, the aforementioned divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, the aforementioned divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and the aforementioned divalent aromatic ring group may have substituents. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example. The divalent linking group represented by L B1 to L B3 is preferably -CO-, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an alkane which may have a substituent group, or a divalent linking group combining these.

作為L B1〜L B3所表示的二價的連結基,化學式(L3-1)所表示的二價的連結基更佳。 As the divalent linking group represented by L B1 to L B3 , the divalent linking group represented by the chemical formula (L3-1) is more preferable.

[化學式58]

Figure 02_image119
[chemical formula 58]
Figure 02_image119

化學式(L3-1)中,L B11表示單鍵或二價的連結基。    化學式L B11所表示的一價的連結基,例如,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO 2-、可以具有取代基之伸烷基(碳數1~6較佳。直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種)、以及將此等組合而成之二價的連結基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子。    r表示1~3的整數。    Xf與前述化學式(L2)中的Xf含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    *表示鍵結位置。 In the chemical formula (L3-1), L B11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The monovalent linking group represented by the chemical formula L B11 , for example, includes -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an alkylene group that may have a substituent (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) .A straight chain and a branched chain), and a divalent linking group formed by combining these. As a substituent, a halogen atom is mentioned, for example. r represents the integer of 1-3. Xf has the same meaning as Xf in the aforementioned chemical formula (L2), and the preferred mode is also the same. * Indicates bond position.

作為L B1〜L B3所表示的二價的連結基,例如,可舉出*-O-*、*-O-SO 2-CF 2-*、*-O-SO 2-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-O-SO 2-CF 2-CF 2-CF 2-*及*-COO-CH 2-CH 2-*。    化學式(Ia-4)中的L 41具有化學式(L3-1)所表示的二價的有機基、且化學式(L3-1)所表示的二價的有機基與A 42 -鍵合之情況下,較佳為於化學式(L3-1)中明確表示的碳原子側之鍵合鍵(*)與化學式(Ia-4)中的A 42 -鍵合。 Examples of divalent linking groups represented by L B1 to L B3 include *-O-*, *-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -*, *-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -*, *-O- SO2 - CF2 - CF2 - CF2- * and *-COO- CH2 - CH2- *. When L 41 in the chemical formula (Ia-4) has a divalent organic group represented by the chemical formula (L3-1), and the divalent organic group represented by the chemical formula (L3-1) is bonded to A 42 - , preferably the bond (*) on the side of the carbon atom clearly indicated in the chemical formula (L3-1) is bonded to A 42 - in the chemical formula (Ia-4).

接著,對化學式(Ia-5)進行說明。Next, Chemical Formula (Ia-5) will be described.

[化學式59]

Figure 02_image121
[chemical formula 59]
Figure 02_image121

化學式(Ia-5)中,A 51a ,A 51b 和A 51c -各自獨立地表示一價陰離子性官能基。在此,A 51a ,A 51b 及A 51c -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基係指包含前述陰離子部位A 1 -之一價基團。作為A 51a 、A 51b 和A 51c -所表示的一價陰離子性官能基,例如,可舉出選自前述化學式(AX-1)~(AX-3)所構成的組中的一價陰離子性官能基。    A 52a -及A 52b -表示二價陰離子性官能基。在此,A 52a -和A 52b -所表示的二價陰離子性官能基係指包含前述陰離子部位A 2 -之二價基團。作為A 22 所表示的二價陰離子性官能基,例如,可舉出選自前述化學式(BX-8)~(BX-11)所構成的組中的二價陰離子性官能基。 In the chemical formula (Ia-5), A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. Here, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - refers to a valent group including the aforementioned anion site A 1 - . Examples of monovalent anionic functional groups represented by A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - include monovalent anionic functional groups selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned chemical formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3). Anionic functional groups. A 52a - and A 52b - represent a divalent anionic functional group. Here, the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 52a - and A 52b - refers to a divalent group including the aforementioned anion site A 2 - . Examples of the dianionic functional group represented by A 22 - include dianionic functional groups selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned chemical formulas (BX-8) to (BX-11).

M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +及M 52b +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。作為M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +和M 52b +所表示的有機陽離子,與前述M 1 +含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    L 51及L 53各自獨立地表示二價的有機基。作為L 51和L 53所表示的二價的有機基,與前述化學式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    L 52表示三價的有機基。作為L 52所表示的三價的有機基,與前述化學式(Ia-4)中的L 41含義相同,優選方式亦相同。 M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + each independently represent an organic cation. The organic cations represented by M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + have the same meanings and preferred modes as M 1 + above. L 51 and L 53 each independently represent a divalent organic group. The divalent organic groups represented by L 51 and L 53 have the same meaning as L 21 and L 22 in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-2), and the preferred modes are also the same. L 52 represents a trivalent organic group. The trivalent organic group represented by L 52 has the same meaning as that of L 41 in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-4), and the preferred mode is also the same.

此外,前述化學式(Ia-5)中,利用H +取代M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +及M 52b +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIa-5中,源自於A 52aH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a2-1以及源自於A 52bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a2-2大於源自於A 51aH之酸離解常數a1-1、源自於A 51bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-2以及源自於A 51cH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-3。此外,酸離解常數a1-1~a1-3相當於前述酸離解常數a1,酸離解常數a2-1以及2-2相當於前述酸離解常數a2。    此外,A 51a 、A 51b 及A 51c -可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。此外,A 52a -及A 52b -可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。此外,M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +及M 52b +可以彼此相同亦可以彼此不同。    此外,M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +、M 52b +、A 51a -、A 51b -、A 51c -、L 51、L 52和L 53中的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In addition, in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-5), the compound PIa-5, which is formed by replacing the organic cations represented by M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + with H + , is derived from The acid dissociation constant a2-1 of the acid site represented by A 52a H and the acid dissociation constant a2-2 derived from the acid site represented by A 52b H are greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-1 derived from A 51a H, The acid dissociation constant a1-2 derived from the acid site represented by A 51b H and the acid dissociation constant a1-3 derived from the acid site represented by A 51c H. In addition, the acid dissociation constants a1-1 to a1-3 correspond to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1, and the acid dissociation constants a2-1 and 2-2 correspond to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a2. In addition, A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, A 52a - and A 52b - may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, at least one of M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + , M 52b + , A 51a , A 51b , A 51c , L 51 , L 52 and L 53 may have an acid decomposable group as a substitute base.

<化合物(II)>    化合物(II)係具有兩個以上前述結構部位X和一個以上下述結構部位Z者,係藉由光化射線或放射線之照射,產生包含兩個以上源自於前述結構部位X的前述第1酸性部位和前述結構部位Z的酸的化合物。    結構部分Z:能夠中和酸的非離子部位<Compound (II)> Compound (II) has two or more of the above-mentioned structural parts X and one or more of the following structural parts Z, and is produced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and contains two or more of the aforementioned structures. A compound of the aforementioned first acidic site of site X and the acid of the aforementioned structural site Z. Structural part Z: non-ionic part capable of neutralizing acid

化合物(II)中,結構部位X之定義以及A 1 -和M 1 +之定義,與前述化合物(I)中的結構部位X之定義以及A 1 -和M 1 +之定義相同,優選方式亦相同。 In compound (II), the definition of structural site X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + are the same as the definitions of structural site X and A 1 - and M 1 + in the aforementioned compound (I), and the preferred mode is also same.

前述化學式(II)中,利用H +取代前述結構部位X中的前述陽離子部位M 1 +而成之化學式PII中,利用H +取代前述結構部位X中的前述陽離子部位M 1 +而成之源自於HA 1所表示的酸性部位的酸離解常數a1之優選範圍,與前述化學物PI中的酸離解常數a1相同。    此外,例如,當化合物(II)係產生具有兩個源自於前述結構部位X的前述第一酸性部位和前述結構部位Z的酸的化合物之情況下,化合物PII相當於「具有兩個HA 1的化合物」。於求出該化合物PII的酸離解常數之情況下,當化合物PII為「具有一個A 1 -和一個HA 1之化合物」時的酸離解常數,以及「具有一個A 1 -和一個HA 1之化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -之化合物」時的酸離解常數,相當於酸離解常數a1。 In the aforementioned chemical formula (II), the source of chemical formula PII formed by replacing the aforementioned cationic site M 1 + in the aforementioned structural site X with H + is used to replace the aforementioned cationic site M 1 + in the aforementioned structural site X The preferred range of the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acid site represented by HA 1 is the same as the acid dissociation constant a1 in the aforementioned chemical substance PI. In addition, for example, when compound (II) is a compound having two acids derived from the aforementioned first acidic site of the aforementioned structural site X and the aforementioned structural site Z, compound PII is equivalent to "having two HA 1 compound of". In the case of obtaining the acid dissociation constant of the compound PII, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PII is "the compound with one A 1 - and one HA 1 ", and "the compound with one A 1 - and one HA 1 " is the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having two A 1 - " is equivalent to the acid dissociation constant a1.

藉由前述酸離解常數之測定方法可求出酸離解常數a1。    前述化合物PII相當於對化合物(II)照射光化射線或放射線時產生的酸。    此外,前述兩個以上的結構部位X可以分別相同亦可以不同。此外,兩個以上的前述A 1 -以及兩個以上的前述M 1 +可以分別相同亦可以不同。 The acid dissociation constant a1 can be obtained by the above-mentioned determination method of the acid dissociation constant. The aforementioned compound PII corresponds to an acid generated when the compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, the aforementioned two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. In addition, two or more of the aforementioned A 1 - and two or more of the aforementioned M 1 + may be the same or different.

作為結構部位Z中能夠中和酸的非離子性部位,例如,較佳為包含具有能夠與質子靜電性相互作用之基團或具有電子之官能基的部位。    作為具有能夠與質子靜電性相互作用之基團或具有電子之官能基,例如,可舉出環狀聚醚等具有大環結構之官能基或具有攜帶對π共軛未作出貢獻的非共用電子對的氮原子之官能基。作為具有對π共軛未作出貢獻的非共用電子對的氮原子,例如,具有化學式所示部分結構之氮原子。As the nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid in the structural site Z, for example, a site having a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or a functional group having electrons is preferable. As a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or a functional group having electrons, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or a functional group having a non-shared electron that does not contribute to π-conjugation can be mentioned. Functional group for the nitrogen atom. As a nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair not contributing to π conjugation, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the chemical formula.

[化學式60]

Figure 02_image123
[chemical formula 60]
Figure 02_image123

作為具有能夠與質子靜電性相互作用之基團或具有電子之官能基的部分結構,例如,可舉出冠醚結構、氮雜冠醚結構、1~3級胺結構、吡啶結構、咪唑結構和吡嗪結構,1~3級胺結構較佳。As partial structures having groups capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or functional groups having electrons, for example, crown ether structures, azacrown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and Pyrazine structure, preferably 1-3 amine structure.

作為化合物(II),例如,可舉出化學式(IIa-1)和(IIa-2)所表示之化合物。As the compound (II), for example, compounds represented by the chemical formulas (IIa-1) and (IIa-2) are mentioned.

[化學式61]

Figure 02_image125
[chemical formula 61]
Figure 02_image125

前述化學式(IIa-1)中,A 61a -及A 61b -分別與前述化學式(Ia-1)中的A 11 -含義相同,優選方式亦相同。此外,M 61a +及M 61b +分別與前述化學式(Ia-1)中的M 11 +含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    所述化學式(IIa-1)中,L 61和L 62分別與前述化學式(Ia-1)中的L 1含義相同,優選方式亦相同。 In the aforementioned chemical formula (IIa-1), A 61a - and A 61b - have the same meanings as A 11 - in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-1), and the preferred modes are also the same. In addition, M 61a + and M 61b + have the same meanings as M 11 + in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-1), respectively, and preferred modes are also the same. In the chemical formula (IIa-1), L 61 and L 62 have the same meanings as L 1 in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-1), and the preferred modes are also the same.

化學式(IIa-1)中,R 2X表示一價的有機基。作為R 2X所表示的一價的有機基,例如,可舉出-CH 2-可以被選自由-CO-、-NH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-和-SO 2-所構成的組中的一種或兩種以上的組合取代之烴基(碳數1~10較佳。直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種)、環烷基(碳數3~15較佳)、或者烯基(碳數2~6較佳)。    此外,前述伸烷基、前述環伸烷基和前述伸烯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如,可舉出鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 In the chemical formula (IIa-1), R 2X represents a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group represented by R 2X , for example, -CH 2 - can be selected from -CO-, -NH-, -O-, -S-, -SO- and -SO 2 - One or more combinations of substituted hydrocarbon groups (preferably with 1 to 10 carbons. Any one of straight chain and branched chain), cycloalkyl (preferably with 3 to 15 carbons), Or alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms). In addition, the aforementioned alkylene group, the aforementioned cycloalkylene group, and the aforementioned alkenylene group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

此外,前述化學式(IIa-1)中,利用H +取代M 61a +及M 61b +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIIa-1中,源自於A 61aH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-7及源自於A 61bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-8,相當於前述酸離解常數a1。    此外,前述化合物(IIa-1)中,利用H +取代前述結構部位X中的前述陽離子部位M 61a +及M 61b +而成之化合物PIIa-1,相當於HA 61a-L 61-N(R 2X)-L 62-A 61bH。此外,化合物PIIa-1與藉由光化射線或放射線之照射由式(IIa-1)所表示的化合物產生的酸相同。    此外,M 61a +、M 61b +、A 61a -、A 61b -、L 61、L 62和R 2X中的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In addition, in the aforementioned chemical formula (IIa-1), in the compound PIIa-1 obtained by replacing the organic cations represented by M 61a + and M 61b + with H + , the acid dissociation originating from the acidic site represented by A 61a H The constant a1-7 and the acid dissociation constant a1-8 derived from the acid site represented by A 61b H correspond to the aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, in the aforementioned compound (IIa-1), the compound PIIa-1 obtained by substituting H + for the aforementioned cationic sites M 61a + and M 61b + in the aforementioned structural site X corresponds to HA 61a -L 61 -N(R 2X )-L 62 -A 61b H. In addition, compound PIIa-1 is the same as the acid generated from the compound represented by formula (IIa-1) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, at least one of M 61a + , M 61b + , A 61a , A 61b , L 61 , L 62 and R 2X may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

前述化學式(IIa-2)中,A 71a 、A 71b 及A 71c -分別與前述化學式(Ia-1)中的A 11 -含義相同,優選方式亦相同。此外,M 71a +、M 71b +及M 71c +分別與前述化學式(Ia-1)中的M 11 +含義相同,優選方式亦相同。    前述化學式(IIa-2)中,L 71、L 72及L 73分別與前述化學式(Ia-1)中的L 1含義相同,優選方式亦相同。 In the aforementioned chemical formula (IIa-2), A 71a - , A 71b - and A 71c - have the same meanings as A 11 - in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-1), and the preferred modes are also the same. In addition, M 71a + , M 71b + and M 71c + have the same meanings as M 11 + in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-1), and the preferred modes are also the same. In the aforementioned chemical formula (IIa-2), L 71 , L 72 and L 73 have the same meanings as L 1 in the aforementioned chemical formula (Ia-1), and the preferred modes are also the same.

此外,前述化學式(IIa-2)中,利用H +取代M 71a +、M 71b +及M 71c +所表示的有機陽離子而成之化合物PIIa-2中,源自於A 71aH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-9、源自於A 71bH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-10、以及源自於A 71cH所表示的酸性部位之酸離解常數a1-11,相當於前述酸離解常數a1。    此外,前述化合物(IIa-1)中,取代前述結構部位X中的前述陽離子部位M 71a +、M 71b +及M 71c +而成之化合物PIIa-2,相當於HA 71a-L 71-N(L 73-A 71cH)-L 72-A 71bH。此外,化合物PIIa-2與藉由光化射線或放射線之照射由式(IIa-2)所表示的化合物產生的酸相同。    此外,M 71a +、M 71b +、M 71c +、A 71a -、A 71b -、A 71c -、L 71 L 72及L 73中的至少一個可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In addition, in the aforementioned chemical formula (IIa-2), the compound PIIa-2, which is obtained by substituting H + for the organic cations represented by M 71a + , M 71b + and M 71c + , is derived from the acidity represented by A 71a H The acid dissociation constant a1-9 of the site, the acid dissociation constant a1-10 derived from the acid site represented by A 71b H, and the acid dissociation constant a1-11 derived from the acid site represented by A 71c H are equivalent to The aforementioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, in the aforementioned compound (IIa-1), the compound PIIa-2 obtained by substituting the aforementioned cationic sites M 71a + , M 71b + and M 71c + in the aforementioned structural site X corresponds to HA 71a -L 71 -N( L 73 -A 71c H) - L 72 -A 71b H. In addition, compound PIIa-2 is the same as the acid generated from the compound represented by formula (IIa-2) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, at least one of M 71a + , M 71b + , M 71c + , A 71a , A 71b , A 71c , L 71 , L 72 and L 73 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

以下,例示出特定光酸產生劑可具有之有機陽離子以及其以外的部位。    前述有機陽離子,例如,可以作為化學式(Ia-1)~化學式(Ia-5)所表示的化合物中之M 11 +、M 12 +、M 21a +、M 21b +、M 22 +、M 31a +、M 31b +、M 32 +、M 41a +、M 41b +、M 42 +、M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +或M 52b +使用。    前述以外的部位,例如,可以作為化學式(Ia-1)~化學式(Ia-5)所表示的化合物中之M 11 +、M 12 +、M 21a +、M 21b +、M 22 +、M 31a +、M 31b +、M 32 +、M 41a +、M 41b +、M 42 +、M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +或M 52b +以外的部分使用。    將以下所示之有機陽離子和其以外的部位适當組合,可以作為特定光酸產生劑使用。 Hereinafter, the organic cation which a specific photoacid generator may have, and the site other than it are illustrated. The aforementioned organic cations, for example, can be used as M 11 + , M 12 + , M 21a + , M 21b + , M 22 + , M 31a + in the compounds represented by chemical formula (Ia-1) to chemical formula (Ia-5). , M 31b + , M 32 + , M 41a + , M 41b + , M 42 + , M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + or M 52b + use. Parts other than the above, for example, can be used as M 11 + , M 12 + , M 21a + , M 21b + , M 22 + , M 31a in the compounds represented by chemical formula (Ia-1) to chemical formula (Ia-5). + , M 31b + , M 32 + , M 41a + , M 41b + , M 42 + , M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + or M 52b + are used. An appropriate combination of the organic cations shown below and other parts can be used as a specific photoacid generator.

首先,例示出特定光酸產生劑可具有之有機陽離子。First, examples of organic cations that a specific photoacid generator may have are shown.

[化學式62]

Figure 02_image127
[chemical formula 62]
Figure 02_image127

[化學式63]

Figure 02_image129
[chemical formula 63]
Figure 02_image129

[化學式64]

Figure 02_image131
[chemical formula 64]
Figure 02_image131

接著,例示出特定光酸產生劑可具有之有機陽離子以外的部位。Next, sites other than organic cations that a specific photoacid generator may have are exemplified.

[化學式65]

Figure 02_image133
[chemical formula 65]
Figure 02_image133

[化學式66]

Figure 02_image135
[chemical formula 66]
Figure 02_image135

特定光酸產生劑之分子量,100~10000較佳,100~2500進一步較佳,100~1500更佳。The molecular weight of the specific photoacid generator is preferably from 100 to 10,000, more preferably from 100 to 2,500, and more preferably from 100 to 1,500.

特定光酸產生劑之含量(化合物(I)和(II)之合計含量),相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,10質量%以上為佳,15質量%以上較佳,20質量%以上進一步較佳,40質量%以上更佳。其上限相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,80質量%以下較佳,70質量%以下進一步較佳,60質量%以下更佳。    特定光酸產生劑可以單獨使用一種或兩種以上。使用兩種以上之情況下,較佳為其合計含量在前述優選含量範圍內者。The content of the specific photoacid generator (total content of compounds (I) and (II)) is preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 15% by mass or more, and 20% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photoresist composition The above is more preferable, and 40 mass % or more are more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, further preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less, with respect to the total solid content of the photoresist composition. One or two or more specific photoacid generators can be used alone. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total content thereof is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

<化合物(III)>    化合物(III)為「M +X -」所表示之化合物(鎓鹽),較佳為藉由曝光而產生有機酸之化合物。    作為前述有機酸,例如,可舉出磺酸(氟化脂肪族磺酸等脂肪族磺酸、芳香族磺酸及樟腦磺酸等)、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺酸以及三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化酸。 <Compound (III)> Compound (III) is a compound (onium salt) represented by "M + X - ", and is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid by exposure. Examples of the aforementioned organic acid include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids such as fluorinated aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, and camphorsulfonic acids), bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acids, and (Alkylsulfonyl)methylating acid.

M +表示有機陽離子。    前述有機陽離子較佳為化學式(ZaI)所表示之有機陽離子(陽離子(ZaI)),或者化學式(ZaII)所表示之有機陽離子(陽離子(ZaII))。    「M +X -」所表示的化合物中,X -表示有機陰離子。    作為前述有機陰離子,較佳為非親核性陰離子(引起親核反應能力特別低的陰離子)。 M + represents an organic cation. The aforementioned organic cation is preferably an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the chemical formula (ZaI), or an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the chemical formula (ZaII). In the compound represented by "M + X - ", X - represents an organic anion. As the aforementioned organic anion, a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having a particularly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction) is preferred.

作為非親核性陰離子,例如,可舉出磺酸陰離子(脂肪族磺酸陰離子、芳香族磺酸陰離子及樟腦磺酸陰離子等)、磺醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子以及三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.), sulfonimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)acyl iminium anion and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion.

脂肪族磺酸陰離子中的脂肪族部位,可以為烷基亦可以為環烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基,或者碳數3~30之環烷基。    前述烷基,例如,可以為氟烷基(可以具有亦可以不具有氟原子以外之取代基。亦可以為全氟烷基)。The aliphatic part in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion can be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group with 1 to 30 carbons, or a ring with 3 to 30 carbons alkyl. The aforementioned alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (it may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. It may also be a perfluoroalkyl group).

作為芳香族磺酸陰離子及芳香族羧酸陰離子中的芳基,較佳為碳數6~14之芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、甲苯基及萘基。The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl, tolyl, and naphthyl.

前述中所舉出的烷基、環烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。具體而言,作為取代基,可舉出硝基、氟原子及氯原子等鹵素原子、羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(碳數1~15較佳)、烷基(碳數1~10較佳)、環烷基(碳數3~15較佳)、芳基(碳數6~14較佳)、烷氧羰基(碳數2~12較佳)、醯基(碳數2~12較佳)、烷氧羰氧基(碳數2~18較佳)、烷硫基(碳數1~15較佳)、烷基磺醯基(碳數1~15較佳)、烷基亞胺基磺醯基(碳數1~15較佳)、烷基胺基磺醯基(碳數1~15較佳)、以及芳氧基磺醯基(碳數6~20較佳)。The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specifically, examples of substituents include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyl groups (carbon preferably 1-10), cycloalkyl (preferably 3-15 carbon), aryl (preferably 6-14 carbon), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably 2-12 carbon), acyl (preferably carbon preferably 2-12), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably 2-18 carbon), alkylthio (preferably 1-15 carbon), alkylsulfonyl (preferably 1-15 carbon) , alkyliminosulfonyl (preferably 1-15 carbons), alkylaminosulfonyl (preferably 1-15 carbons), and aryloxysulfonyl (preferably 6-20 carbons) good).

作為雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子以及三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子中之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5的烷基。作為此等烷基的取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、被鹵素原子取代的烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基、以及環烷基芳氧基磺醯基,較佳為氟原子或被氟原子取代的烷基。    此外,雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子中之烷基還可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。藉此,能夠增加酸強度。The alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted by halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkoxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryl groups. The oxysulfonyl group is preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted by a fluorine atom. In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion can also bond with each other to form a ring structure. Thereby, acid strength can be increased.

作為非親核性陰離子,較佳為磺酸的至少α位被氟原子取代的脂肪族磺酸陰離子、被氟原子或具有氟原子之基團取代的芳香族磺酸陰離子、烷基被氟原子取代的雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、或者烷基被氟原子取代的三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, preferred are aliphatic sulfonic acid anions in which at least the alpha position of sulfonic acid is substituted by fluorine atoms, aromatic sulfonic acid anions in which fluorine atoms or groups having fluorine atoms are substituted, and alkyl groups substituted by fluorine atoms. A substituted bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, or a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.

作為非親核性陰離子,還較佳為化學式(AN1)所表示的陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the chemical formula (AN1) is also preferable.

[化學式67]

Figure 02_image137
[chemical formula 67]
Figure 02_image137

化學式(AN1)中,o表示1~3的整數。p表示0~10的整數。q表示0~10的整數。In chemical formula (AN1), o represents the integer of 1-3. p represents an integer of 0-10. q represents an integer of 0-10.

Xf表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代之烷基。前述烷基的碳數,1~10較佳,1~4更佳。此外,作為被至少一個氟原子取代之烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。    Xf,為氟原子或碳數1~4之全氟烷基較佳,為氟原子或CF 3進一步較佳,兩者的Xf為氟原子更佳。 Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted by at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. Furthermore, as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 , more preferably Xf of both is a fluorine atom.

R 4及R 5各自獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、烷基、或者被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。當存在多個R 4及R 5之情況下,R 4及R 5可以分別相同亦可以不同    R 4及R 5所表示的烷基,碳數1~4較佳。前述烷基可以具有取代基。作為R 4及R 5,較佳為氫原子。    被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基之具體例和優選態樣,與化學式(AN1)中Xf之具體例和優選態樣相同。 R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted by at least one fluorine atom. When there are multiple R 4 and R 5 , R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different from the alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 , preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alkyl group may have a substituent. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms. The specific examples and preferred aspects of the alkyl group substituted by at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred aspects of Xf in the chemical formula (AN1).

L表示二價的連結基。    存在多個L之情況下,L可以分別相同亦可以不同。    作為二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(碳數1〜6較佳)、環伸烷基(碳數3〜15較佳)、伸烯基(碳數2〜6較佳)、以及將此等組合而成之二價的連結基。其中,作為二價的連結基,-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-SO 2-、-O-CO-O-伸烷基-、-COO-伸烷基-、或-CONH-伸烷基-較佳,-O-CO-O-、-O-CO-O-伸烷基-、-COO-、-CONH-、-SO 2-、或-COO-伸烷基更佳。 L represents a divalent linking group. When a plurality of L exists, L may be respectively the same or different. Examples of divalent linking groups include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, extended Alkyl (preferably 1 to 6 carbons), cycloalkylene (preferably 3 to 15 carbons), alkenylene (preferably 2 to 6 carbons), and a divalent combination of these link base. Among them, as the divalent linking group, -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -O-CO-O-alkylene-, -COO-alkylene-, or -CONH-alkylene-preferably, -O-CO-O-, -O-CO-O-alkylene-, -COO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, or -COO-alkylene is more preferred.

W表示包含環狀結構的有機基。其中,較佳為環狀有機基。    作為環狀有機基,例如,可舉出脂環基、芳基及雜環基。    脂環基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。作為單環的脂環基,例如,可舉出環戊基、環己基、以及環辛基等單環的環烷基。作為多環的脂環基,例如,可舉出降莰基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。其中,較佳為降莰基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基、金剛烷基等碳數7以上的具有蓬鬆結構之脂環基。W represents an organic group including a ring structure. Among them, a cyclic organic group is preferable. As the cyclic organic group, for example, an alicyclic group, an aryl group and a heterocyclic group are mentioned. The alicyclic group can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl are preferable.

芳基可以為單環或多環。作為前述芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、萘基、菲基及蒽基。    雜環基可以為單環或多環。其中,為多環的雜環基之情況下,能夠更好地抑制酸的擴散。此外,雜環基可以具有芳香族性,亦可以不具有芳香族性。作為具有芳香族性之雜環,例如,可舉出呋喃環、噻吩環、苯並呋喃環、苯並噻吩環、二苯並呋喃環、二苯並噻吩環及吡啶環。作為不具有芳香族性之雜環,例如,可舉出四氫原子吡喃環、內酯環、磺內酯環、及十氫異喹啉環。作為雜環基中之雜環,較佳為呋喃環、噻吩環、吡啶環或十氫異喹啉環。Aryl groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aforementioned aryl group include phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthrenyl and anthracenyl. A heterocyclic group can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among them, in the case of a polycyclic heterocyclic group, the diffusion of acid can be more suppressed. In addition, a heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. As an aromatic heterocycle, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring are mentioned, for example. Examples of the non-aromatic heterocycle include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. The heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.

前述環狀有機基可以具有取代基。作為前述環狀有機基,例如,可舉出烷基(可以為直鏈狀和支鏈狀中的任意一種,碳數1~12較佳)、環烷基(可以為單環、多環及螺環中的任意一種,碳數3~20較佳)、芳基(碳數6~14較佳)、羥基、烷氧基、酯基、醯胺基、胺基甲酸酯基、脲基、硫醚基、磺醯胺基及磺酸酯基。此外,構成環狀有機基之碳(有助於環形成之碳)可以為羰基碳。The aforementioned cyclic organic group may have a substituent. As the aforementioned cyclic organic group, for example, an alkyl group (which may be any of straight chain and branched chain, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic and Any of the spiro rings, preferably with 3 to 20 carbons), aryl (preferably with 6 to 14 carbons), hydroxyl, alkoxy, ester, amido, carbamate, ureido , sulfide group, sulfonamide group and sulfonate group. In addition, carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.

作為化學式(AN1)所表示的陰離子,較佳為SO 3 --CF 2-CH 2-OCO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-CHF-CH 2-OCO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-COO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-CF 2-CH 2-CH 2-(L) q-W、或者SO 3 --CF 2-CH(CF 3)-OCO-(L) q’-W。在此,L、q及W的定義與化學式(AN1)相同。q’表示0~10的整數。 As the anion represented by the chemical formula (AN1), SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L) are preferable. q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -(L) q -W, or SO 3 - - CF2 - CH( CF3 )-OCO-(L) q' -W. Here, the definitions of L, q, and W are the same as in chemical formula (AN1). q' represents the integer of 0-10.

作為非親核性陰離子,由下述化學式(AN2)所表示之陰離子亦較佳。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following chemical formula (AN2) is also preferable.

[化學式68]

Figure 02_image139
[chemical formula 68]
Figure 02_image139

化學式(AN2)中,X B1及X B2分別獨立地表示氫原子或不具有氟原子之一價的有機基。    X B1及X B2係氫原子較佳。    X B3及X B4各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價的有機基。X B3及X B4中的至少一個為氟原子或具有氟原子之一價的有機基較佳,X B3和X B4兩者為氟原子或具有氟原子之一價的有機基進一步較佳。X B3及X B4兩者為被氟取代之烴基更佳。    在此,L、q及W的定義與化學式(AN1)相同。 In the chemical formula (AN2), X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no valency of a fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms. X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferable that at least one of X B3 and X B4 is a fluorine atom or an organic group having a valence of a fluorine atom, and it is more preferable that both of X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or an organic group having a valency of a fluorine atom. Both X B3 and X B4 are more preferably hydrocarbon groups substituted with fluorine. Here, the definitions of L, q, and W are the same as in chemical formula (AN1).

作為非親核性陰離子,化學式(AN3)所表示之陰離子較佳。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the chemical formula (AN3) is preferable.

[化學式69]

Figure 02_image141
[chemical formula 69]
Figure 02_image141

化學式(AN3)中,Xa各自獨立地表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代之烷基。Xb各自獨立地表示氫原子或不具有氟原子之有機基。o、p、q、R 4、R 5、L及W的定義及優選方式與化學式(AN1)相同。 In the chemical formula (AN3), Xa each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Xb each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group not having a fluorine atom. The definitions and preferred forms of o, p, q, R 4 , R 5 , L and W are the same as those in formula (AN1).

作為非親核性陰離子,化學式(AN4)所表示之陰離子亦較佳。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the chemical formula (AN4) is also preferable.

[化學式70]

Figure 02_image143
[chemical formula 70]
Figure 02_image143

化學式(AN4)中,R 1和R 2各自獨立地表示非電子吸引性基之基團或氫原子。    作為前述非電子吸引性基之基團,例如,可舉出烴基、羥基、氧基烴基、氧基羰基烴基、胺基、烴取代胺基、以及烴取代醯胺基。    此外,作為非電子吸引性基之基團,各自獨立地為-R’、-OH、-OR’、-OCOR’、-NH 2、-NR’ 2、-NHR’、或-NHCOR’較佳。R’為一價烴基。 In the chemical formula (AN4), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a non-electron-attracting group or a hydrogen atom. Examples of the aforementioned non-electron-attracting groups include hydrocarbon groups, hydroxyl groups, oxyhydrocarbyl groups, oxycarbonylhydrocarbyl groups, amine groups, hydrocarbon-substituted amino groups, and hydrocarbon-substituted amido groups. In addition, each of the non-electron-attracting groups is preferably -R', -OH, -OR', -OCOR', -NH 2 , -NR' 2 , -NHR', or -NHCOR' independently. . R' is a monovalent hydrocarbon group.

作為前述R’所表示的一價烴基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基及丁基等烷基;乙烯基、丙烯基及丁烯基等烯基;乙炔基、丙炔基及丁炔基等炔基等一價的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烴基;環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、降莰基及金剛烷基等環烷基;環丙烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基及降冰片烯基等環烯基等一價脂環烴基;苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、三甲苯基、萘基、甲基萘基、蒽基、及甲基蒽基等芳基;本甲基、苯乙基、苯丙基、萘甲基蒽甲基等芳烷基等一價芳香環基。    其中,R 1及R 2各自獨立地為烴基(較佳為環烷基)或氫原子較佳。 Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R' include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl; alkenyl groups such as vinyl, propenyl, and butenyl; ethynyl, propynyl, etc. Monovalent linear or branched hydrocarbon groups such as alkynyl such as butynyl; cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl and adamantyl; cyclopropenyl , cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl and norbornenyl and other monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon groups such as cycloalkenyl; phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, tricresyl, naphthyl, methylnaphthyl, anthracenyl , and aryl groups such as methyl anthracenyl; monovalent aromatic ring groups such as aralkyl groups such as methyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, naphthalene methyl anthracenyl, etc. Wherein, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrocarbon group (preferably a cycloalkyl group) or a hydrogen atom.

化學式(AN4)中,L表示由一個以上的連結基S和可以具有一個以上取代基的伸烷基組合而成之二價的連結基,或者由一個以上的連結基S構成之二價的連結基。    連結基S為選自* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-CO-O-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B及* A-SO 2-* B所構成的組中的基團。    其中,L為「由一個以上的連結基S和可以具有一個以上取代基的伸烷基組合而成之二價的連結基」之一種形態、即「由一個以上的連結基S和不具有一個以上取代基的伸烷基的組合所構成之二價的連結基」之情況下,連結基S較佳為選自* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B及* A-SO 2-* B所構成的組中的基團。換言之,「由一個以上的連結基S和可以具有一個以上取代基的伸烷基組合而成之二價的連結基」中的伸烷基均為無取代基的伸烷基之情況下,連結基S較佳為選自* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B和* A-SO 2-* B所構成的組中的基團。    * A表示化學式(AN4)中的R 3側之鍵結位置,* B表示化學式(AN4)中的-SO 3 -側之鍵結位置。 In the chemical formula (AN4), L represents a divalent linking group composed of more than one linking group S and an alkylene group that may have more than one substituent, or a divalent linking group consisting of more than one linking group S base. Linking group S is selected from * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -CO-O-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O A group in the group consisting of -* B , * A -S-* B and * A -SO 2 -* B. Among them, L is a form of "a divalent linking group formed by combining more than one linking group S and an alkylene group that may have more than one substituent", that is, "comprising more than one linking group S and not having one In the case of a divalent linking group formed by a combination of alkylene groups of the above substituents, the linking group S is preferably selected from * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , Groups in the group consisting of * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B and * A -SO 2 -* B . In other words, when all the alkylene groups in the "divalent linking group formed by combining one or more linking groups S and alkylene groups that may have one or more substituents" are unsubstituted alkylene groups, the linking group The group S is preferably selected from * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S- A group in the group consisting of * B and * A -SO 2 -* B . * A represents the bonding position of the R 3 side in the chemical formula (AN4), and * B represents the bonding position of the -SO 3 - side in the chemical formula (AN4).

由一個以上的連結基S和可以具有一個以上取代基的伸烷基組合而成之二價的連結基中,連結基S可以僅存在一個,亦可以存在兩個以上。同樣,可以具有取代基的伸烷基可以僅存在一個,亦可以存在兩個以上。當存在多個前述連結基S之情況下,存在多個的連結基S可以分別相同亦可以不同。前述伸烷基存在多個之情況下,存在多個的伸烷基可以分別相同亦可以不同。    此外,連結基S之間亦可以連續鍵合。其中,選自* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B及* A-O-* B所構成的組中的基團連續鍵合,不形成「* A-O-CO-O-* B」較佳。此外,選自* A-CO-* B及* A-O-* B所構成的組中的基團連續鍵合,不形成「* A-O-CO-* B」及「* A-CO-O-* B」中的任意一個較佳。 In a divalent linking group composed of one or more linking groups S and an alkylene group which may have one or more substituents, only one linking group S may exist, or two or more linking groups may exist. Similarly, the alkylene group which may have a substituent may exist only one, or may exist two or more. When there are a plurality of the aforementioned linking groups S, the linking groups S present in the plurality may be the same as or different from each other. When the aforementioned alkylene group exists in plural, the plural alkylene groups may be the same or different. In addition, the linking groups S may be bonded continuously. Among them, the groups selected from the group consisting of * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B and * A -O-* B are bonded continuously without forming "* A -O-CO -O-* B " is preferred. In addition, the groups selected from the group consisting of * A -CO-* B and * A -O-* B are bonded continuously without forming "* A -O-CO-* B " and "* A -CO Any one of -O-* B is preferred.

由一個以上的連結基S構成之二價的連結基中,連結基S可以僅存在一個,亦可以存在兩個以上。存在多個連結基S之情況下,存在多個時的連結基S可以分別相同亦可以不同。    此時,選自* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B及* A-O-* B所構成的組中的基團連續鍵合,不形成「* A-O-CO-O-* B」較佳。此外,選自* A-CO-* B及* A-O-* B所構成的組中的基團連續鍵合,不形成「* A-O-CO-* B」及「* A-CO-O-* B」中的任意一個較佳。 In the bivalent linking group composed of one or more linking groups S, only one linking group S may exist, or two or more linking groups S may exist. When there are a plurality of linking groups S, the linking groups S when there are a plurality of them may be the same or different. At this time, the groups selected from the group consisting of * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B and * A -O-* B are bonded continuously without forming "* A -O- CO-O-* B " is preferred. In addition, the groups selected from the group consisting of * A -CO-* B and * A -O-* B are bonded continuously without forming "* A -O-CO-* B " and "* A -CO Any one of -O-* B is preferred.

其中,於任意一種情況下,L中,相對於-SO 3 -為β位之原子不是具有氟原子作為取代基的碳原子。    此外,前述β位之原子為碳原子之情況下,前述碳原子不直接被氟原子取代基即可,前述碳原子可以具有含氟原子之取代基(例如,三氟甲基等氟化烷基)。    此外,換言之,所謂前述β位係與化學式(AN4)中-C(R 1)(R 2)-直接鍵合之L中的原子。 However, in either case, in L, the atom at the β-position with respect to -SO 3 - is not a carbon atom having a fluorine atom as a substituent. In addition, when the atom at the β position is a carbon atom, it is sufficient that the carbon atom is not directly substituted by a fluorine atom, and the carbon atom may have a substituent containing a fluorine atom (for example, a fluorinated alkyl group such as trifluoromethyl) ). In addition, in other words, the aforementioned β-position is the atom in L that is directly bonded to -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in the chemical formula (AN4).

其中,L僅具有一個連結基S較佳。    即,較佳為L表示由一個連結基S和可以具有一個以上取代基的伸烷基組合而成之二價的連結基、或者由一個連結基S所構成之二價的連結基。Among them, it is preferable that L has only one linking group S. That is, it is preferable that L represents a divalent linking group consisting of one linking group S and an alkylene group which may have one or more substituents, or a divalent linking group consisting of one linking group S.

例如,L為化學式(AN4-2)所表示之基團者較佳。    * a-(CR 2a 2) X-Q-(CR 2b 2) Y-* b(AN4-2) For example, it is preferable that L is a group represented by chemical formula (AN4-2). * a -(CR 2a 2 ) X -Q-(CR 2b 2 ) Y -* b (AN4-2)

化學式(AN4-2)中,* a表示與化學式(AN4)中R 3的鍵結位置。    * b表示與化學式(AN4)中-C(R 1)(R 2)-的鍵結位置。    X及Y各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,較佳為0~3的整數。    R 2a及R 2b各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。    分別存在多個R 2a及R 2b之情況下,多個存在的R 2a及R 2b可以分別相同亦可以不同。    其中,Y為1以上之情況下,與化學式(AN4)中的-C(R 1)(R 2)-直接鍵結之CR 2b 2中的R 2b為氟原子以外。    Q表示* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-CO-O-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B、或* A-SO 2-* B。    其中,化學式(AN4-2)中的X+Y為1以上且化學式(AN4-2)中的R 2a及R 2b任意一個均為氫原子之情況下,Q表示* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B、或* A-SO 2-* B。    * A表示化學式(AN4)中的R 3側之鍵結位置,* B表示化學式(AN4)中的-SO 3 -側之鍵結位置。 In the chemical formula (AN4-2), * a represents the bonding position with R in the chemical formula (AN4). * b represents the bonding position with -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in the chemical formula (AN4). X and Y each independently represent the integer of 0-10, Preferably it is the integer of 0-3. R 2a and R 2b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When a plurality of R 2a and R 2b respectively exist, the plurality of R 2a and R 2b present may be the same or different. However, when Y is 1 or more, R 2b in CR 2b 2 directly bonded to -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in the chemical formula (AN4) is other than a fluorine atom. Q means * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -CO-O-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B , or * A - SO2- * B . Wherein, when X+Y in the chemical formula (AN4-2) is 1 or more and either R 2a and R 2b in the chemical formula (AN4-2) is a hydrogen atom, Q represents * A -O-CO-O -* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B , or * A - SO2- * B . * A represents the bonding position on the R 3 side in the chemical formula (AN4), and * B represents the bonding position on the -SO 3 - side in the chemical formula (AN4).

化學式(AN4)中,R 3表示有機基。    前述有機基只要具有一個以上的碳原子,就並無限制,可以為直鏈狀基團(例如,直鏈狀的烷基)、支鏈狀基團(例如,叔丁基等支鏈狀的烷基),亦可以為環狀基團。前述有機基可以具有或不具有取代基。前述有機基可以具有或不具有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等)。 In the chemical formula (AN4), R 3 represents an organic group. The aforementioned organic group is not limited as long as it has more than one carbon atom, and may be a straight-chain group (for example, a straight-chain alkyl group), a branched-chain group (for example, a branched-chain group such as a tert-butyl group) Alkyl group), can also be a cyclic group. The aforementioned organic group may or may not have a substituent. The aforementioned organic group may or may not have a heteroatom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, and/or nitrogen atom, etc.).

其中,R 3較佳為具有環狀結構之有機基。前述環狀結構可以係單環或多環,亦可以具有取代基。具有環狀結構之有機基中的環,與化學式(AN4)中的L直接鍵結者較佳。    具有前述環狀結構之有機基,例如,可以具有或不具有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等)。雜原子可以被形成環狀結構之碳原子的一個以上取代。    具有前述環狀結構之有機基,例如,較佳為環狀結構的烴基、內酯環基、以及磺內酯環基。其中,具有前述環狀結構之有機基,較佳為具有環狀結構之烴基。    具有前述環狀結構之烴基,較佳為單環或多環之環烷基。該等基團可以具有取代基。    前述環烷基可以為單環(環己基等)或多環(金剛烷基等),碳數5~12較佳。    作為前述內酯基及磺內酯基,例如,前述化學式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)所表示的結構和前述化學式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)所表示的結構之任意一種中,較佳為從構成內酯結構或磺內酯結構之員環原子中去除一個氫原子而成之基團。 Among them, R 3 is preferably an organic group with a ring structure. The aforementioned cyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may have a substituent. The ring in the organic group having a ring structure is preferably directly bonded to L in the chemical formula (AN4). The organic group having the aforementioned cyclic structure, for example, may or may not have a heteroatom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, and/or nitrogen atom, etc.). A heteroatom may be substituted with one or more of the carbon atoms forming the ring structure. The organic group having the aforementioned cyclic structure, for example, is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure, a lactone cyclic group, and a sultone cyclic group. Among them, the organic group having the aforementioned cyclic structure is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure. The hydrocarbon group having the aforementioned cyclic structure is preferably a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may have substituents. The aforementioned cycloalkyl group can be monocyclic (cyclohexyl, etc.) or polycyclic (adamantyl, etc.), preferably with 5-12 carbon atoms. As the aforementioned lactone group and sultone group, for example, any of the structures represented by the aforementioned chemical formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) and the structures represented by the aforementioned chemical formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) Among them, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the member ring atoms constituting the lactone structure or the sultone structure is preferable.

作為非親核性陰離子,可以為苯磺酸陰離子,較佳為被支鏈狀的烷基或環烷基取代之苯磺酸陰離子。The non-nucleophilic anion may be benzenesulfonate anion, preferably benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched alkyl or cycloalkyl group.

作為非親核性陰離子,化學式(AN5)所表示之芳香族磺酸陰離子亦較佳。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion represented by the chemical formula (AN5) is also preferable.

[化學式71]

Figure 02_image145
[chemical formula 71]
Figure 02_image145

化學式(AN5)中,Ar表示芳基(苯基等),可以更具有磺酸陰離子以及-(D-B)基以外的取代基。作為可以更具有之取代基,例如,可舉出氟原子和羥基。In the chemical formula (AN5), Ar represents an aryl group (phenyl, etc.), and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonic acid anion and a -(D-B) group. As a substituent which may have further, a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group are mentioned, for example.

n表示0以上的整數。作為n,1~4較佳,2~3進一步較佳,3更佳。n represents an integer of 0 or more. As n, 1-4 are preferable, 2-3 are still more preferable, and 3 is still more preferable.

D表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,可舉出-O-、硫醚基、羰基、亞碸基、碸基、磺酸-COO-、-COO-以及由其等兩種以上的組合所構成之基團。D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -O-, thioether group, carbonyl group, arylene group, arboryl group, sulfonic acid -COO-, -COO-, and groups consisting of two or more of them. .

B表示烴基。B represents a hydrocarbon group.

B為脂肪族烴結構較佳。B為異丙基、環己基、可以更具有取代基的芳基(三環己基苯基等)更佳。B is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or an aryl group which may have a substituent (tricyclohexylphenyl group, etc.).

作為非親核性陰離子,二磺醯胺陰離子亦較佳。    例如,二磺醯胺陰離子為N -(SO 2-R q) 2所表示之陰離子。    在此,R q表示可以具有取代基之烷基,氟烷基較佳,全氟烷基更佳。兩個R q可以相互鍵結而形成環。兩個R q相互鍵結而形成之基團,可以具有取代基之伸烷基較佳,氟伸烷基進一步較佳,全氟伸烷基更佳。前述伸烷基之碳數較佳為2~4。 As the non-nucleophilic anion, disulfonamide anion is also preferred. For example, the disulfonamide anion is an anion represented by N - (SO 2 -R q ) 2 . Here, R q represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R q may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As a group formed by bonding two R q to each other, an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable, a fluoroalkylene group is further preferable, and a perfluoroalkylene group is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the aforementioned alkylene group is preferably 2-4.

化合物(III)可以為低分子化合物之形態,亦可以為嵌入聚合物的一部分之形態。此外,亦可以同時使用低分子化合物之形態與嵌入聚合物的一部分之形態。    化合物(III)為低分子化合物之形態時的分子量,3000以下較佳,2000以下進一步較佳,1000以下更佳。作為下限,較佳為100以上。    化合物(III)為嵌入聚合物的一部分之形態時,可以嵌入樹脂A的一部分,亦可以嵌入與樹脂A不同之樹脂中。    化合物(III)為低分子化合物之形態較佳。Compound (III) may be in the form of a low-molecular compound or embedded in a part of a polymer. In addition, the form of a low-molecular compound and the form embedded in a part of a polymer may be used together. The molecular weight of the compound (III) in the form of a low-molecular compound is preferably at most 3,000, further preferably at most 2,000, and more preferably at most 1,000. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more. When the compound (III) is embedded in a part of the polymer, it may be embedded in a part of the resin A, or may be embedded in a resin different from the resin A. Compound (III) is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.

作為(III),使用例如國際公開第2018/193954號公報[0135]~[0171]段落、國際公開第2020/066824號公報[0077]~[0116]段落、國際公開第2017/154345號公報[0018]~[0075]段落、以及[0334]~[0335]段落中所揭示之光酸產生劑等亦較佳。As (III), for example, paragraphs [0135] to [0171] of International Publication No. 2018/193954, paragraphs [0077] to [0116] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, paragraphs [0077] to [0116] of International Publication No. 2017/154345 [ The photoacid generators disclosed in paragraphs [0018] to [0075] and paragraphs [0334] to [0335] are also preferable.

光阻劑組成物含有化合物(III)之情況下,其含量相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,0.5質量%以上較佳,1質量%以上更佳。作為其上限,相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,40質量%以下較佳,30質量%以下更佳。    其它光酸產生劑可以單獨使用一種或使用兩種以上。使用兩種以上之情況下,較佳為其合計含量在前述優選含量範圍內。When the photoresist composition contains the compound (III), its content is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the photoresist composition. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photoresist composition. Other photoacid generators can be used alone or two or more. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total content thereof is within the aforementioned preferred content range.

〔酸擴散控制劑(C)〕    光阻劑組成物可以含有酸擴散控制劑。    酸擴散控制劑係作為捕獲曝光時從光酸產生劑等產生之酸,並抑制因多餘的產生酸引起之未曝光部中的酸分解性樹脂的反應之猝滅劑發揮作用者。    酸擴散控制劑之種類並無特別限制,例如,可舉出鹼性化合物(CA)、具有氮原子且具有藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團之低分子化合物(CB)、以及藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而酸擴散控制能力降低或消失之化合物(CC)。    作為化合物(CC),可舉出相對於光酸產生劑成為相對弱酸之鎓鹽化合物(CD)、以及藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而鹼性降低或消失之鹼性化合物(CE)。    此外,例如,作為鹼性化合物(CA)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號公報[0132]~[0136]段落中記載者,作為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而鹼性降低或消失之鹼性化合物(CE)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號公報[0137]~[0155]段落中記載者,作為具有氮原子且具有藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團之低分子化合物(CB)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號公報[0156]~[0163]段落中記載者,作為在陽離子部具有氮原子之鎓鹽化合物(CE)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號公報[0164]段落中記載者。    此外,作為相對於光酸產生劑而成為相對弱酸之鎓鹽化合物(CD)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/158337號公報[0305]~[0314]段落中記載者。[Acid diffusion control agent (C)] The photoresist composition may contain an acid diffusion control agent. The acid diffusion control agent is a quencher that captures the acid generated from the photoacid generator, etc. during exposure, and suppresses the reaction of the acid-degradable resin in the unexposed part caused by the excess generated acid. The kind of the acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, for example, a basic compound (CA), a low-molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group detached by the action of an acid, and a Compounds (CC) whose ability to control acid diffusion decreases or disappears due to exposure to chemical rays or radiation. Examples of the compound (CC) include an onium salt compound (CD) that becomes a relatively weak acid relative to a photoacid generator, and a basic compound (CE) that reduces or disappears basicity by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, for example, as a specific example of the basic compound (CA), those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824 can be cited. Specific examples of basic compounds (CE) that have reduced or disappeared properties include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, which have a nitrogen atom and have Specific examples of the low-molecular-weight compound (CB) of the detached group include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, as an onium salt compound having a nitrogen atom in the cationic portion ( Specific examples of CE) include those described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. In addition, specific examples of onium salt compounds (CD) that are relatively weak acids relative to photoacid generators include those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of International Publication No. 2020/158337.

除前述以外,例如,能夠適當地使用美國專利申請公開2016/0070167A1號[0627]〜[0664]段落、美國專利申請公開2015/0004544A1號[0095]〜[0187]段落、美國專利申請公開2016/0237190A1號[0403]〜[0423]段落、以及美國專利申請公開2016/0274458A1號[0259]〜[0328]段落中所揭示之公知的化合物作為酸擴散控制劑。In addition to the foregoing, for example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/ No. 0237190A1 No. [0403] ~ [0423] paragraphs, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 No. [0259] ~ [0328] paragraphs disclosed known compounds as acid diffusion control agent.

光阻劑組成物中含有酸擴散控制劑之情況下,酸擴散控制劑的含量(存在多種時,為其合計),相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,0.1〜15.0質量%較佳,1.0〜15.0質量%更佳。    光阻劑組成物中,酸擴散控制劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。When the photoresist composition contains an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the acid diffusion control agent (if there are multiple types, the total) is preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photoresist composition , 1.0~15.0% by mass is more preferable. In the photoresist composition, one kind of acid diffusion control agent can be used alone, or two or more kinds can be used in combination.

〔疏水性樹脂(D)〕    光阻劑組成物可以更含有與樹脂A不同的疏水性樹脂。    疏水性樹脂較佳為設計成偏在於抗蝕劑膜之表面,但與表面活性劑不同,並非一定必須在分子中具有親水性基團,亦可無助於極性物質及非極性物質之均勻混合。    作為經添加疏水性樹脂而帶來之效果,可舉出控制抗蝕劑膜表面相對於水之靜態及動態接觸角,以及抑制脫氣。[Hydrophobic resin (D)] The photoresist composition may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin A. The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be partial to the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it does not help the uniform mixing of polar substances and non-polar substances . As effects brought about by adding a hydrophobic resin, control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the surface of the resist film with respect to water, and suppression of outgassing can be mentioned.

從偏在化於膜表層之觀點考慮,疏水性樹脂具有氟原子、矽原子、以及包含於樹脂的側鏈部分之CH 3部分結構中之任意一種以上較佳,具有兩種以上更佳。此外,前述疏水性樹脂較佳為具有碳數5以上的烴基。此等基團可以存在於樹脂之主鏈中,亦可以被側鏈取代。    作為疏水性樹脂,可舉出國際公開第2020/004306號[0275]~[0279]段落中記載之化合物。 From the viewpoint of localization on the surface of the film, the hydrophobic resin preferably has any one or more of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 moiety structures included in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably two or more. In addition, the aforementioned hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may exist in the main chain of the resin, or may be substituted by side chains. Examples of the hydrophobic resin include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.

光阻劑組成物含有疏水性樹脂時之情況下,疏水性樹脂的含量相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,0.01〜20.0質量%較佳,0.1〜15.0質量%更佳。When the photoresist composition contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the photoresist composition.

〔表面活性劑(E)〕    光阻劑組成物可以含有表面活性劑。若含有表面活性劑,能夠形成密和性更優異、顯影缺陷更少的圖案。    表面活性劑較佳為氟系和/或矽系表面活性劑。此外,從環境管制之觀點考慮,亦可以使用矽系表面活性劑和/或碳數為7以下之氟系表面活性劑。    作為氟系和/或矽系表面活性劑,可舉出國際公開2018/019395號[0218]及[0219]段落中所揭示之表面活性劑。[Surfactant (E)] The photoresist composition may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is contained, it is possible to form a pattern with more excellent adhesion and fewer image development defects. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. In addition, from the viewpoint of environmental control, silicon-based surfactants and/or fluorine-based surfactants having 7 or less carbon atoms can also be used. As the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants, the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/019395 can be mentioned.

表面活性劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。Surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

光阻劑組成物含有表面活性劑之情況下,表面活性劑的含量相對於光阻劑組成物之總固體成分,0.0001〜2.0質量%較佳,0.0005〜1.0質量%進一步較佳,0.1〜1.0質量%更佳。When the photoresist composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% with respect to the total solid content of the photoresist composition. Quality % is better.

〔溶劑(F)〕    光阻劑組成物較佳為含有溶劑。    溶劑較佳為(M1)丙二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯、以及(M2)選自由丙二醇單烷基醚、乳酸酯、乙酸酯、烷氧基丙酸酯、鏈酮、環酮、內酯及碳酸伸烷酯所構成的組中的至少一個中之至少一方。此外,前述溶劑亦可以更含有成分(M1)及(M2)以外之成分。[Solvent (F)] The photoresist composition preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) is selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate, acetate, alkoxy propionate, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, internal At least one of at least one of the group consisting of esters and alkylene carbonates. In addition, the aforementioned solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).

本發明人等發現,當將此等溶劑與上述樹脂組合使用時,光阻劑組成物之塗佈性提高,並且能夠形成顯影缺陷較少的圖案。其原因尚不明確,但本發明人等認為起因如下:此等溶劑因上述樹脂的溶解性、沸點及黏度之平衡良好,故能夠抑制抗蝕劑膜之厚度不均及旋塗中產生析出物等。    成分(M1)及成分(M2)之詳細記載於國際公開第2020/004306號[0218]~[0226]段落中,此等內容被編入本說明書中。The inventors of the present invention found that when these solvents are used in combination with the above-mentioned resin, the coatability of the photoresist composition is improved, and a pattern with few development defects can be formed. The reason for this is not clear, but the present inventors believe that the cause is as follows: These solvents can suppress the uneven thickness of the resist film and the generation of precipitates during spin coating due to the good balance of the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the above-mentioned resins. wait. Component (M1) and component (M2) are described in detail in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

溶劑更含有成分(M1)及(M2)以外之成分時,成分(M1)及(M2)以外之成分的含量相對於溶劑的總量,較佳為5~30質量%。When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.

光阻劑組成物中之溶劑的含量,以設定固體成分濃度成為0.5~30質量%較佳,設定成為1~20質量%更佳。由此,可進一步提高光阻劑組成物之塗佈性。The content of the solvent in the photoresist composition is preferably set at a solid content concentration of 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. Thereby, the applicability of the photoresist composition can be further improved.

〔其它添加劑〕    光阻劑組成物可以更含有溶解抑制化合物、染料、塑化劑、光增感劑、光吸收劑、和/或促進相對於顯影液的溶解性之化合物(例如,分子量1000以下之酚化合物、或者具有羧基之脂環族或者脂肪族化合物)。[Other additives] The photoresist composition may further contain dissolution inhibiting compounds, dyes, plasticizers, photosensitizers, light absorbers, and/or compounds that promote solubility with respect to the developer (for example, molecular weight below 1000 phenolic compounds, or alicyclic or aliphatic compounds with carboxyl groups).

光阻劑組成物可以更含有溶解抑制化合物。在此,所謂「溶解抑制化合物」,係指藉由酸的作用分解,從而在有機系顯影液中的溶解度降低的、分子量3000以下之化合物。The photoresist composition may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound. Here, the term "dissolution inhibiting compound" refers to a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less that is decomposed by the action of an acid to lower its solubility in an organic developer.

本發明之光阻劑組成物適合用作EUV光用感光性組成物。    EUV光之波長為13.5nm,與ArF(波長193nm)光等相比,其波長更短,因此以相同靈敏度曝光時的入射光子數較少。因此,在概率上光子數有偏差之「光子散粒噪聲」的影響較大,導致LER惡化和橋缺陷。為了減少光子散粒噪聲,而有增加曝光量來增加入射光子數的方法,但往往需要與高靈敏度化的要求做權衡。The photoresist composition of the present invention is suitable as a photosensitive composition for EUV light. The wavelength of EUV light is 13.5nm, which is shorter than that of ArF (wavelength 193nm) light, etc., so the number of incident photons is less when exposed with the same sensitivity. Therefore, the "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons varies in probability has a large influence, leading to LER deterioration and bridge defects. In order to reduce photon shot noise, there is a method to increase the number of incident photons by increasing the exposure, but it often needs to be traded off with the requirement of high sensitivity.

由下述化學式(1)所求出的A值較高時,由光阻劑組成物形成之抗蝕劑膜的EUV及電子束之吸收效率變高,可有效降低光子散粒噪聲。A值表示抗蝕劑膜的質量比例的EUV光及電子束的吸收效率。    化學式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127)    A值較佳為0.120以上。其上限並無特別限制,但A值過大時,抗蝕劑膜的EUV光及電子束透射率會降低,抗蝕劑膜中的光學像輪廓劣化,結果難以得到良好的圖案形狀,因此為0.240以下較佳,為0.220以下更佳。When the A value obtained from the following chemical formula (1) is high, the EUV and electron beam absorption efficiency of the resist film formed of the photoresist composition becomes high, and photon shot noise can be effectively reduced. The A value represents the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams in the mass ratio of the resist film. Chemical formula (1): A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5) /([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127) A value is preferably 0.120 above. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but when the A value is too large, the EUV light and electron beam transmittance of the resist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the resist film will deteriorate, and as a result, it will be difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, so it is 0.240 It is preferably not more than 0.220, and more preferably not more than 0.220.

此外,化學式(1)中,[H]表示源自總固體成分的氫原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,[C]表示源自總固體成分的碳原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,[N]表示源自總固體成分的氮原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,[O]表示源自總固體成分的氧原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,[F]表示源自總固體成分的氟原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,[S]表示源自總固體成分的硫原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,[I]表示源自總固體成分的碘原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率。    例如,光阻劑組成物具有樹脂A、光酸產生劑、酸擴散控制劑和溶劑之情況下,前述樹脂A、前述光酸產生劑和前述酸擴散控制劑相當於固體成分。即,總固體成分的全部原子相當於源自前述樹脂A的全部原子、源自前述光酸產生劑的全部原子和源自前述酸擴散控制劑的全部原子的合計。    例如,[H]表示源自總固體成分的氫原子相對於總固體成分的全部原子之莫耳比率,當基於前述例示進行說明時,[H]表示源自前述樹脂A的氫原子、源自前述光酸產生劑的氫原子和源自前述酸擴散控制劑的氫原子的合計相對於源自前述樹脂A的全部原子、源自前述光酸產生劑的全部原子和源自前述酸擴散控制劑的全部原子的合計之莫耳比率。In addition, in the chemical formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to all atoms in the total solid content of the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [C] represents The molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid content relative to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [N] represents the nitrogen atom derived from the total solid content relative to the photosensitized The molar ratio of the total atoms of the total solid content in the radioactive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [O] represents the oxygen atoms derived from the total solid content relative to the total oxygen atoms in the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The molar ratio of all atoms in the solid content, [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms in the total solid content of the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [S ] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from the total solid content relative to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [I] represents the ratio of iodine atoms derived from the total solid content to The molar ratio of all atoms in the total solid content of the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. For example, when a photoresist composition has a resin A, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion controller, and a solvent, the resin A, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller correspond to solid components. That is, all atoms in the total solid content correspond to the total of all atoms derived from the resin A, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent. For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to all atoms in the total solid content, and [H] represents the hydrogen atoms derived from the aforementioned resin A, The total of the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned photoacid generator and the hydrogen atoms derived from the aforementioned acid diffusion controller relative to the total atoms derived from the aforementioned resin A, the total atoms derived from the aforementioned photoacid generator, and the aforementioned acid diffusion controller The total molar ratio of all atoms in .

於已知光阻劑組成物中的總固體成分的構成成分的結構及含量之情況下,可藉由計算出所含有的原子數比而算出A值。此外,即使在構成成分未知之情況下,對於使光阻劑組成物之溶劑成分蒸發而得到的抗蝕劑膜,能夠利用元素分析等解析手法算出構成原子數比。When the structure and content of the constituent components of the total solid content in the photoresist composition are known, the A value can be calculated by calculating the contained atomic ratio. In addition, even when the constituent components are unknown, the constituent atomic ratio can be calculated by an analytical method such as elemental analysis for a resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent component of the photoresist composition.

〔抗蝕劑膜、圖案形成方法〕    使用前述光阻劑組成物之圖案形成方法的步驟,較佳為具有以下製程。    製程1:使用光阻劑組成物,在基板上形成抗蝕劑膜之製程    製程2:對抗蝕劑膜進行曝光之製程    製程3:使用顯影液對曝光後的抗蝕劑膜進行顯影之製程    以下,將詳細描述前述各個製程的步驟。[Resist Film, Pattern Formation Method] The steps of the pattern formation method using the aforementioned photoresist composition preferably have the following processes. Process 1: The process of forming a resist film on a substrate using a photoresist composition Process 2: The process of exposing the resist film Process 3: The process of developing the exposed resist film using a developer as follows , the steps of each of the aforementioned processes will be described in detail.

<製程1:抗蝕劑膜形成製程>    製程1係使用光阻劑組成物在基板上形成抗蝕劑膜之製程。    光阻劑組成物之定義如上所述。<Process 1: Resist film formation process> Process 1 is a process for forming a resist film on a substrate using a photoresist composition. The definition of photoresist composition is as above.

作為使用光阻劑組成物在基板上形成抗蝕劑膜之方法,例如,可舉出將光阻劑組成物塗佈在基板上之方法。    在塗佈前,較佳為依據需要對光阻劑組成物進行過濾器過濾。過濾器的孔徑,0.1μm以下較佳,0.05μm以下進一步較佳,0.03μm以下更佳。作為其下限,0.01μm以上之情況較多。此外,過濾器較佳為聚四氟乙烯製、聚乙烯製、或尼龍製。As a method of forming a resist film on a substrate using a photoresist composition, for example, a method of coating a photoresist composition on a substrate is mentioned. Before coating, it is better to filter the photoresist composition according to the need. The pore diameter of the filter is preferably at most 0.1 μm, further preferably at most 0.05 μm, and more preferably at most 0.03 μm. The lower limit is often 0.01 μm or more. In addition, the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.

光阻劑組成物可藉由旋塗機或塗佈機等適當塗佈方法塗佈於諸如用於製造積體電路元件(例如,矽以及二氧化矽被覆等)之基板上。塗佈方法較佳為使用旋塗機的旋轉塗佈。使用旋塗機進行旋轉塗佈時之旋轉速度較佳為1000~3000rpm。    可以於塗佈光阻劑組成物之後,將基板乾燥,形成抗蝕劑膜。此外,視需要,可以在抗蝕劑膜之下層形成各種底塗層膜(例如,無機膜、有機膜及抗反射膜等)。The photoresist composition can be coated on substrates such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices (eg, silicon and silicon dioxide coatings, etc.) by a suitable coating method such as a spin coater or a coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spin coater. When performing spin coating using a spin coater, the rotation speed is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm. After coating the photoresist composition, the substrate can be dried to form a resist film. In addition, various undercoat films (for example, inorganic films, organic films, antireflection films, etc.) may be formed under the resist film as needed.

作為乾燥方法,例如,可舉出加熱進行乾燥之方法。可藉由通常的曝光機和/或顯影機所具備之裝置實施加熱,亦可以使用加熱板等實施。加熱溫度,80~150℃較佳,80~140℃進一步較佳,80~130℃更佳。加熱時間,30~1000秒較佳,60~800秒進一步較佳,60~600秒更佳。As a drying method, the method of heating and drying is mentioned, for example. Heating may be performed by a device provided in a general exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be performed using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably from 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably from 60 to 800 seconds, and more preferably from 60 to 600 seconds.

從能夠形成更高精度的微細圖案之觀點考慮,抗蝕劑膜之厚度較佳為10~120nm。其中,EUV曝光之情況下,作為抗蝕劑膜之厚度,10~65nm較佳,15~50nm更佳。The thickness of the resist film is preferably from 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of being able to form a finer pattern with higher precision. Among them, in the case of EUV exposure, the thickness of the resist film is preferably from 10 to 65 nm, more preferably from 15 to 50 nm.

此外,可以使用頂塗層組成物於抗蝕劑膜之上層形成頂塗層。    頂塗層組成物較佳為不與抗蝕劑膜混合,進而可均勻地塗佈於抗蝕劑膜上層者。頂塗層並無特別限定,可藉由先前公知方法來形成先前公知的頂塗層,例如,可根據日本特開2014-059543號公報[0072]~[0082]段落的記載來形成頂塗層。    例如,較佳為在抗蝕劑膜上形成諸如日本特開2013-61648號公報中所記載的包含鹼性化合物之頂塗層。作為頂塗層可以具有之鹼性化合物,例如,可舉出光阻劑組成物可以含有之鹼性化合物。    此外,頂塗層還較佳為包含具有至少一個選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、羥基、硫醇基、羰基鍵、以及酯鍵所構成的組中的基團或鍵合之化合物。In addition, a top coat composition may be used to form a top coat layer on a resist film. The composition of the top coat layer is preferably not mixed with the resist film, and thus can be evenly coated on the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a previously known top coat can be formed by a previously known method. For example, the top coat can be formed according to paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP-A-2014-059543 . For example, it is preferable to form a top coat layer containing a basic compound such as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on a resist film. As a basic compound which a top coat layer may have, the basic compound which a photoresist composition may contain is mentioned, for example. In addition, it is also preferable that the top coat layer contains a compound having at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of ether bond, thioether bond, hydroxyl group, thiol group, carbonyl bond, and ester bond.

<製程2:曝光製程>    製程2係對抗蝕劑膜進行曝光之製程。    作為曝光方法,可舉出經由預定的遮罩對形成的抗蝕劑膜照射光化射線或放射線之方法。    作為光化射線或放射線,可舉出紅外光、可見光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X射線和電子束。    作為光化射線或放射線之波長,較佳為深紫外光。遠紫外光之波長,250nm以下較佳,220nm以下進一步較佳,1~200nm更佳。具體而言,可舉出KrF準分子雷射(248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(193nm)、F 2準分子雷射(157nm)、EUV光(13nm)、X射線和電子束。 <Process 2: Exposure process> Process 2 is a process of exposing the resist film. As the exposure method, a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask is mentioned. Examples of actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, deep ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays and electron beams. The wavelength of actinic rays or radiation is preferably deep ultraviolet light. The wavelength of the far ultraviolet light is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and more preferably 1 to 200 nm. Specifically, KrF excimer laser (248nm), ArF excimer laser (193nm), F 2 excimer laser (157nm), EUV light (13nm), X-rays and electron beams are mentioned.

於曝光後,實施顯影前進行烘烤(加熱)較佳。通過烘烤會促進曝光部的反應,從而靈敏度及圖案形狀會更加良好。    作為加熱溫度,80~150℃較佳,80~140℃進一步較佳,80~130℃更佳。    作為加熱時間,10~1000秒較佳,10~180秒進一步較佳,30~120秒更佳。    可藉由通常的曝光機和/或顯影機所具備之裝置實施加熱,亦可以使用加熱板等實施。該製程亦稱為曝光後烘烤(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)。After exposure, it is preferable to perform baking (heating) before image development. The reaction of the exposed part is accelerated by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern shape are further improved. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out by means of a device equipped with a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, or using a heating plate or the like. This process is also called Post Exposure Bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake).

<製程3:顯影製程>    製程3係使用顯影液,將曝光後的抗蝕劑膜顯影、形成圖案之製程。    顯影液可以為鹼性顯影液,亦可以為含有有機溶劑之顯影液(以下,亦稱為有機系顯影液)。<Process 3: Developing process> Process 3 is a process of using a developer to develop the exposed resist film and form a pattern. The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).

作為顯影方法,例如,可舉出:將基板浸漬在填滿顯影液的槽中一定時間之方法(浸漬法);藉由表面張力使顯影液堆積於基板表面上並靜置一定時間進行顯影之方法(浸置法);向基板表面噴灑顯影液之方法(噴霧法);及在以一定速度旋轉之基板上,以一定速度將顯影液噴出噴嘴進行掃描,並持續噴出顯影液之方法(動態分配法)。    此外,進行顯影製程之後,可以在用另一溶劑置換的同時停止顯影製程。    顯影時間只要為未曝光部的樹脂充分溶解之時間即可,並無特別限制,10~300秒較佳,20~120秒更佳。    作為顯影液的溫度,0~50℃較佳,15~35℃更佳。As the developing method, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer solution for a certain period of time (dipping method); a method in which the developer solution is deposited on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and left to stand for a certain period of time for development method (immersion method); method of spraying developer on the surface of the substrate (spray method); and method of spraying the developer out of the nozzle at a certain speed on the substrate rotating at a certain speed for scanning and continuously spraying the developer (dynamic distribution method). In addition, after the development process is performed, the development process can be stopped while being replaced with another solvent. The development time is not particularly limited as long as it is the time for the resin in the unexposed part to fully dissolve, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, and more preferably 20 to 120 seconds. As the temperature of the developer, 0-50°C is better, and 15-35°C is more preferable.

作為鹼性顯影液,較佳為使用含有鹼之鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液的種類,例如,可舉出包含以氫氧化四甲銨為代表之四級銨鹽、無機鹼、一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、醇胺或環狀胺等鹼性水溶液。其中,鹼性顯影液較佳為以氫氧化四甲銨(TMAH)為代表之四級銨鹽水溶液。可向鹼性顯影液中添加適量醇類、表面活性劑等。鹼性顯影液之鹼濃度通常為0.1~20質量%。此外,鹼性顯影液之pH值通常為10.0~15.0。鹼性顯影液中水的含量較佳為51~99.95質量%。As an alkaline developing solution, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali. Types of alkaline aqueous solutions include, for example, alkaline aqueous solutions containing quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. . Among them, the alkaline developer is preferably a quaternary ammonium salt solution represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amount of alcohols, surfactants, etc. can be added to the alkaline developer. The alkali concentration of an alkaline developing solution is 0.1-20 mass % normally. In addition, the pH value of the alkaline developer is usually 10.0-15.0. The content of water in the alkaline developer is preferably from 51 to 99.95% by mass.

有機系顯影液較佳為含有選自酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、以及烴系溶劑所構成的組中之至少一種有機溶劑之顯影液。The organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.

前述溶劑可以混合多種,亦可以與前述以外的溶劑或水混合。作為顯影液整體之含水率,相對於顯影液之全體質量,小於50質量%較佳,小於20質量%進一步較佳,小於10質量%更佳,實質上不含水分特佳。    有機溶劑相對於有機系顯影液之含量,相對於顯影液之全體質量,50~100質量%較佳,80~100質量%進一步較佳,90~100質量%更佳,95~100質量%特佳。The aforementioned solvents may be mixed in plural kinds, and may be mixed with solvents other than the aforementioned or water. The water content of the entire developer is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water, relative to the entire mass of the developer. The content of the organic solvent relative to the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by mass, based on the entire mass of the developer. good.

<其它製程>    前述圖案形成方法,較佳為於製程3之後包含用洗滌液洗滌之製程。<Other processes> The pattern forming method described above preferably includes a process of washing with a cleaning solution after process 3.

作為在使用鹼性顯影液之顯影製程後的洗滌製程中使用的洗滌液,例如,可舉出純水。此外,可以在純水中添加適量的表面活性劑。    亦可以在洗滌液中添加適量的表面活性劑。As a washing|cleaning liquid used in the washing|cleaning process after the image development process using alkaline developing solution, pure water is mentioned, for example. In addition, an appropriate amount of surfactant can be added to pure water. It is also possible to add an appropriate amount of surfactant to the washing liquid.

作為在使用了有機系顯影液之顯影製程後的洗滌製程中使用的洗滌液,只要係不溶解圖案者即可,並無特別限制,可使用含有一般有機溶劑之溶液。洗滌液較佳為使用含有選自烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、以及醚系溶劑所構成的組中之至少一種有機溶劑之洗滌液。The washing liquid used in the washing process after the developing process using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. The washing liquid is preferably a washing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.

洗滌製程之方法並無特別限定,例如,可舉出以下方法:以一定速度旋轉之基板上,連續噴出洗滌液之方法(旋轉塗佈法);將基板浸漬在裝滿洗滌液的槽中一定時間之方法(浸漬法);及向基板表面噴灑洗滌液之方法(噴霧法)。    此外,本發明之圖案形成方法可以在洗滌製程之後包含加熱製程(Post Bake)。藉由本製程,可以將殘留於圖案間及圖案內部之顯影液及洗滌液去除。此外,藉由本製程,亦具有抗蝕劑圖案被平滑化、圖案的表面粗糙度得到改善之效果。洗滌製程之後的加熱製程通常在40~250°C(90~200°C較佳)下、通常進行10秒鐘~3分鐘(30秒鐘~2分鐘較佳)。The method of the cleaning process is not particularly limited, for example, the following methods can be mentioned: on the substrate rotating at a certain speed, the method of continuously spraying the cleaning solution (spin coating method); dipping the substrate in a tank filled with cleaning solution for a certain period of time The method of time (dipping method); and the method of spraying the cleaning solution on the surface of the substrate (spray method). In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating process (Post Bake) after the washing process. Through this process, the developer and cleaning solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns can be removed. In addition, this process also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating process after the washing process is usually performed at 40-250°C (preferably 90-200°C) for 10 seconds-3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds-2 minutes).

此外,可以將所形成之圖案作為遮罩,實施基板蝕刻處理。即,可以將製程3中所形成之圖案作為遮罩,對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行加工,在基板上形成圖案。    基板(或下層膜及基板)之加工方法並無特別限定,較佳為將製程3中所形成之圖案作為遮罩,藉由對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行乾法蝕刻來形成圖案之方法。乾法蝕刻較佳為氧等離子體蝕刻。In addition, substrate etching can be performed using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in process 3 can be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate. The processing method of the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to use the pattern formed in process 3 as a mask to form the pattern by dry etching the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate). method. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.

光阻劑組成物及本發明之圖案形成方法中所使用的各種材料(例如,溶劑、顯影液、洗滌液、防反射膜形成用組成物、頂塗層形成用組成物等)較佳為不含金屬等之雜質。該等材料中所含有之雜質的含量,相對於光阻劑組成物或各種材料的總固體成分,1質量ppm以下較佳,10質量ppb以下進一步較佳,100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下更佳,10質量ppt以下特價,1質量ppt以下最佳。作為其下限,0質量ppt以上較佳。在此,作為金屬雜質,例如,可舉出Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W及Zn。Various materials used in the photoresist composition and the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, solvent, developer, cleaning solution, composition for forming an antireflection film, composition for forming a top coat layer, etc.) are preferably not Contains impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably not more than 1 mass ppm, more preferably not more than 10 mass ppb, and not more than 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) relative to the total solid content of the photoresist composition or various materials Better, special offer below 10 quality ppt, best below 1 quality ppt. The lower limit thereof is preferably 0 mass ppt or more. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W and Zn.

作為從各種材料中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如,可舉出使用過濾器的過濾。國際公開第2020/004306號公報[0321]段落中記載有使用過濾器之過濾細節。As a method of removing impurities such as metals from various materials, for example, filtration using a filter is mentioned. The details of using the filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.

此外,作為減少各種材料中所含有的金屬等雜質之方法,例如,可舉出:選擇金屬含量較少的原料作為構成各種材料的原料之方法;對構成各種材料的原料進行過濾器過濾之方法;及利用鐵氟龍(註冊商標)於裝置內形成內襯等而於儘可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾之方法。In addition, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials, for example, a method of selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting various materials; a method of filtering raw materials constituting various materials with a filter ; and the method of carrying out distillation under the conditions of suppressing pollution as much as possible by using Teflon (registered trademark) to form a lining in the device, etc.

除過濾器過濾以外,還可以利用吸附材料去除雜質,亦可以將過濾器過濾和吸附材料組合使用。作為吸附材料,可以使用公知的吸附材料,例如能夠使用矽膠及沸石等無機系吸附材料、以及活性碳等有機系吸附材料。為了減少前述各種材料中所含有的金屬等雜質,需要在製造製程中防止金屬雜質的混入。關於金屬雜質是否已從製造裝置中充分去除,可藉由測定用於清洗製造裝置的清洗液中所含有的金屬成分之含量來確認。使用後的清洗液中所含有的金屬成分之含量,100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下較佳,10質量ppt以下進一步較佳,1質量ppt以下更佳。作為其下限,較佳為0質量ppt以上。In addition to filter filtration, adsorption materials can also be used to remove impurities, and filter filtration and adsorption materials can also be used in combination. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the aforementioned various materials, it is necessary to prevent mixing of metal impurities during the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of the metal component contained in the used cleaning solution is preferably not more than 100 ppt by mass (parts per trillion), further preferably not more than 10 ppt by mass, and more preferably not more than 1 ppt by mass. The lower limit thereof is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.

洗滌液等有機系處理液中,可添加導電性化合物,以防止伴隨靜電充電及隨後產生的靜電放電,藥液配管及各種部件(過濾器、O形環、管等)出現故障。作為導電性化合物,例如,可舉出甲醇。從維持較佳顯影特性或洗滌特性之觀點考慮,添加量為10質量%以下較佳,5質量%以下更佳。作為其下限,較佳為0質量%以上。    作為藥液配管,例如,可以使用SUS(不銹鋼)、或塗覆有已施加抗靜電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或者氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)之各種配管。同樣,對於過濾器及O形環,可以使用已施加抗靜電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)。Conductive compounds can be added to organic treatment liquids such as washing liquids to prevent malfunctions in chemical piping and various components (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) that accompany electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. As a conductive compound, methanol is mentioned, for example. From the viewpoint of maintaining good developing properties or washing properties, the amount added is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less. The lower limit thereof is preferably 0% by mass or more. As the chemical piping, for example, SUS (stainless steel), or various piping coated with antistatic-treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene or perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used. Likewise, antistatic-treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used for filters and O-rings.

[電子元件之製造方法]    此外,本發明亦涉及包含前述圖案形成方法之電子元件的製造方法、以及依此製造方法製造的電子裝置。    本發明之電子元件,較佳為搭載有電氣電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、媒體相關之機器、光學用機器及通訊機器等)之電子元件。  [實施例][Manufacturing method of electronic components] In addition, the present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing electronic components including the aforementioned pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured according to the manufacturing method. The electronic components of the present invention are preferably electronic components mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, and communication equipment, etc.). [Example]

以下,依據實施例更詳細地描述本發明。    以下實施例中所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、及處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不應藉由以下所示之實施例進行限定性解釋。Hereinafter, the present invention is described in more detail based on examples. As long as the materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, and processing steps shown in the following examples do not depart from the purpose of the present invention, they can be appropriately changed. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the examples shown below.

[光阻劑組成物的各成分]    實施例和比較例中使用的光阻劑組成物中所含有的各成分如下所示。[Components of Photoresist Composition] The components contained in the photoresist compositions used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.

〔樹脂〕    <樹脂A-1的合成>    於氮氣流下將環己酮(62g)加熱至85℃。攪拌該液體,並經3小時滴加化學式(M-1)所表示之單體(25g)、化學式(M-23)所表示之單體(8.6g)、化學式(M-31)所表示之單體(46g)、化學式(M-8)所表示之單體(21g)、環己酮(248g)及2,2’-偶氮雙異丁酸二甲酯(V-601、富士膠片和光純藥工業公司製)的環己酮溶液(10重量%)的混合溶液(100.7g),得到反應液。滴加結束後,於85℃下將反應液進一步攪拌3小時。將得到的反應液冷卻後,用多量乙酸乙酯/庚烷=1/9(質量比)混合溶液進行了再沉澱後,過濾,將所得到的固體真空乾燥,得到樹脂A-1(83g)。此外,前述樹脂A-1的合成全部在黃色燈下進行。    此外,樹脂A-1以外的樹脂按照樹脂A-1之合成方法合成。[Resin] <Synthesis of Resin A-1> Cyclohexanone (62 g) was heated to 85° C. under a nitrogen stream. Stir the liquid, and add dropwise the monomer (25 g) represented by the chemical formula (M-1), the monomer (8.6 g) represented by the chemical formula (M-23), and the monomer represented by the chemical formula (M-31) over 3 hours. Monomer (46g), monomer represented by chemical formula (M-8) (21g), cyclohexanone (248g) and dimethyl 2,2'-azobisisobutyrate (V-601, Fujifilm and A mixed solution (100.7 g) of a cyclohexanone solution (10% by weight) produced by Ko Pure Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used to obtain a reaction solution. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction liquid was further stirred at 85° C. for 3 hours. After cooling the obtained reaction solution, reprecipitate with a large amount of ethyl acetate/heptane=1/9 (mass ratio) mixed solution, filter, and vacuum-dry the obtained solid to obtain resin A-1 (83g) . In addition, all the synthesis|combination of the said resin A-1 was performed under the yellow light. In addition, resins other than resin A-1 were synthesized according to the synthesis method of resin A-1.

[化學式72]

Figure 02_image147
[chemical formula 72]
Figure 02_image147

用於製備光阻劑組成物之樹脂(A-1~A-42(相當於樹脂A)、a-1)如下所示。    表1中,「莫耳比率」欄表示各個重複單元相對於全部重複單元的含量(莫耳%)。「Mw」欄表示重均分子量。「Mw/Mn」欄表示分散度。Mn表示數均分子量。The resins (A-1 to A-42 (corresponding to resin A), a-1) used to prepare the photoresist composition are as follows. In Table 1, the "mole ratio" column indicates the content (mole %) of each repeating unit relative to all repeating units. The "Mw" column indicates the weight average molecular weight. The "Mw/Mn" column shows the degree of dispersion. Mn represents a number average molecular weight.

[表1]

Figure 02_image149
[Table 1]
Figure 02_image149

與樹脂中的各個重複單元對應之單體的結構如下所示。    M-31~M-65相當於特定化合物。The structure of the monomer corresponding to each repeating unit in the resin is shown below. M-31~M-65 correspond to specific compounds.

[化學式73]

Figure 02_image151
[chemical formula 73]
Figure 02_image151

[化學式74]

Figure 02_image153
[chemical formula 74]
Figure 02_image153

[化學式75]

Figure 02_image155
[chemical formula 75]
Figure 02_image155

[化學式76]

Figure 02_image157
[chemical formula 76]
Figure 02_image157

[化學式77]

Figure 02_image159
[chemical formula 77]
Figure 02_image159

[化學式78]

Figure 02_image161
[chemical formula 78]
Figure 02_image161

[化學式79]

Figure 02_image163
[chemical formula 79]
Figure 02_image163

[化學式80]

Figure 02_image165
[chemical formula 80]
Figure 02_image165

〔光酸產生劑〕    用於製備光阻劑組成物所使用的光酸產生劑(B-1~B-16(相當於特定化合物)、b-1~b-10)之結構如下所示。[Photoacid Generators] The structures of the photoacid generators (B-1 to B-16 (corresponding to specific compounds), b-1 to b-10) used to prepare the photoresist composition are shown below.

[化學式81]

Figure 02_image167
[chemical formula 81]
Figure 02_image167

[化學式82]

Figure 02_image169
[chemical formula 82]
Figure 02_image169

〔酸擴散控制劑〕    用於製備光阻劑組成物所使用的酸擴散控制劑之結構如下所示。[Acid diffusion control agent] The structure of the acid diffusion control agent used to prepare the photoresist composition is shown below.

[化學式83]

Figure 02_image171
[chemical formula 83]
Figure 02_image171

〔疏水性樹脂〕    用於製備光阻劑組成物所使用的疏水性樹脂之結構如下所示。[Hydrophobic Resin] The structure of the hydrophobic resin used to prepare the photoresist composition is shown below.

[化學式84]

Figure 02_image173
[chemical formula 84]
Figure 02_image173

前述疏水性樹脂之各個重複單元的組成比(質量比,左側開始依次對應)、重均分子量(Mw)和分散度(Mw/Mn)如下所示。Mn表示數均分子量。    疏水性樹脂按照前述樹脂A-1之合成方法(合成例1)合成。The compositional ratio (mass ratio, corresponding to the left side), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit of the aforementioned hydrophobic resin are shown below. Mn represents a number average molecular weight. Hydrophobic resin was synthesized according to the synthesis method of resin A-1 (synthesis example 1).

[表2]

Figure 02_image175
[Table 2]
Figure 02_image175

〔表面活性劑〕    用於製備光阻劑組成物所使用的表面活性劑如下所示。    W-1:MEGAFAC R08(DIC公司製,氟和矽系表面活性劑)    W-2:MEGAFAC F176(DIC公司製、氟系表面活性劑)    W-3:Troysol S-366( TROY CHEMICAL公司製,氟系表面活性劑)    W-4:PF656(OMNOVA公司製、氟系表面活性劑)[Surfactant] Surfactants used to prepare the photoresist composition are as follows. W-1: MEGAFAC R08 (manufactured by DIC, fluorine and silicon-based surfactant) W-2: MEGAFAC F176 (manufactured by DIC, fluorine-based surfactant) W-3: Troysol S-366 (manufactured by TROY CHEMICAL, Fluorinated surfactant) W-4: PF656 (manufactured by OMNOVA, fluorinated surfactant)

〔溶劑〕    用於製備光阻劑組成物所使用的溶劑如下所示。    S-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)    S-2:丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)    S-3:丙二醇單乙醚(PGEE)    S-4:環己酮    S-5:環戊酮    S-6:2-庚酮    S-7:乳酸乙酯    S-8:γ-丁內酯    S-9:碳酸丙烯酯[Solvent] The solvents used for preparing the photoresist composition are as follows. S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) S-3: Propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) S-4: Cyclohexanone S-5: Cyclopentanone S -6: 2-heptanone S-7: Ethyl lactate S-8: γ-butyrolactone S-9: Propylene carbonate

[光阻劑組成物之調製]    將下表所示之各成分混合,使固體成分濃度為1.4質量%。接著,使用孔徑為0.02μm的聚乙烯製過濾器對所得到之混合液進行過濾,製得各光阻劑組成物。此外,「固體成分」係指溶劑以外的所有成分。    表中,「量」欄表示各固體成分相對於總固體成分之含量(質量%)。    「溶劑」的「混合比」欄表示各溶劑的混合比(質量比)。[Preparation of photoresist composition] The components shown in the table below were mixed so that the solid content concentration was 1.4% by mass. Next, the obtained liquid mixture was filtered using a filter made of polyethylene with a pore diameter of 0.02 μm to prepare each photoresist composition. In addition, "solid content" means all components except a solvent. In the table, the "Amount" column indicates the content (mass %) of each solid component relative to the total solid component. The "mixing ratio" column of "solvent" indicates the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of each solvent.

[表3]

Figure 02_image177
[table 3]
Figure 02_image177

[測試]    〔圖案形成(1):EB曝光,鹼性顯影〕    對6英寸矽晶圓(或鉻晶圓)實施六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)處理。於得到的表面處理矽晶圓上,使用旋塗機Mark8(東京電子公司製)塗佈下表所示之各光阻劑組成物,於溫度130℃下在加熱板上乾燥300秒,得到膜厚度為100nm之各抗蝕劑膜。此外,前述抗蝕劑膜之製作方法中,亦可以使用鉻基板代替矽晶圓。    對於得到的抗蝕劑膜,使用電子束描繪裝置(Advantest公司製,F7000S,加速電壓50KeV),經由曝光遮罩(線∶空間=1∶1)進行了圖案曝光。接著,於溫度100℃下在電熱板上加熱60秒,使用2.38質量%四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)水溶液浸漬60秒後,用水洗滌30秒。最後,以4000rpm的轉速使矽晶圓旋轉30秒後,於溫度95℃下烘烤60秒使其乾燥,得到具有預定圖案之矽晶圓。[Test] [Pattern formation (1): EB exposure, alkaline development] The 6-inch silicon wafer (or chromium wafer) was treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS). Each photoresist composition shown in the table below was coated on the obtained surface-treated silicon wafer using a spin coater Mark8 (manufactured by Tokyo Electron Co., Ltd.), and dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 130°C for 300 seconds to obtain a film Resist films each having a thickness of 100 nm. In addition, in the aforementioned method of producing the resist film, a chromium substrate may also be used instead of a silicon wafer. The obtained resist film was subjected to pattern exposure through an exposure mask (line:space=1:1) using an electron beam drawing device (manufactured by Advantest, F7000S, acceleration voltage 50KeV). Next, it was heated on a hot plate at a temperature of 100° C. for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, and then washed with water for 30 seconds. Finally, after the silicon wafer was rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, it was baked at a temperature of 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it to obtain a silicon wafer with a predetermined pattern.

<顯影缺陷>    使用KLA-Tencor公司製的缺陷檢查裝置KLA2360(商品名),將缺陷檢查裝置的像素尺寸設為0.16μm,並且將閾值設為20,對以後述的靈敏度(Eop)而形成之線寬為50nm之圖案(線∶空間=1∶1),檢測從比較用圖像與像素單元的重疊而產生的差異中提取的缺陷(個數/cm 2),計算出每單元區域的缺陷數(個/cm 2)。然後,對缺陷進行複查,從全部缺陷中把顯影缺陷分類提取出來,並計算每單元區域的顯影缺陷數(個/cm 2)。    A:顯影缺陷數小於0.5個/cm 2B:顯影缺陷數為0.5個/cm 2以上、小於1.0個/cm 2C:顯影缺陷數為1.0個/cm 2以上、小於5.0個/cm 2D:顯影缺陷數為5.0個/cm 2以上 <Defects in development> Using a defect inspection device KLA2360 (trade name) manufactured by KLA-Tencor Corporation, the pixel size of the defect inspection device was set to 0.16 μm, and the threshold value was set to 20, and the sensitivity (Eop) described later was formed. A pattern with a line width of 50nm (line: space = 1:1), detect defects (number/cm 2 ) extracted from the difference between the image for comparison and the overlap of the pixel unit, and calculate the defect per unit area Number (pcs/cm 2 ). Then, review the defects, classify and extract the development defects from all the defects, and calculate the number of development defects per unit area (pieces/cm 2 ). A: The number of development defects is less than 0.5/ cm 2 B: The number of development defects is 0.5 or more and less than 1.0/cm 2 C: The number of development defects is 1.0 or more/cm 2 and less than 5.0/cm 2 D : The number of developing defects is 5.0 pieces/cm 2 or more

<靈敏度>    測定使曝光量(電子束照射量)變化之同時而形成的線和空間圖案之線寬,求出線寬為50nm時之曝光量,將其作為靈敏度(Eop,μC/cm 2)。靈敏度的值越小,靈敏度越好。 <Sensitivity> The line width of the line and space pattern formed while changing the exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) was measured, and the exposure amount when the line width was 50nm was obtained as the sensitivity (Eop, μC/cm 2 ) . The smaller the value of sensitivity, the better the sensitivity.

<結果><Result>

評價結果示於下表中。    表中,各記載表示如下。    「取代基X(σp)」欄表示取代基X之種類及其σp。具體而言,實施例1a中的「Br(0.23)」表示具有Br(溴原子)作為取代基X,Br的Hammet法則中的σp為0.23。The evaluation results are shown in the table below. In the table, each record is expressed as follows. The column "Substituent X (σp)" indicates the type of substituent X and its σp. Specifically, "Br(0.23)" in Example 1a means that it has Br (bromine atom) as the substituent X, and σp in Hammet's law of Br is 0.23.

[表4]

Figure 02_image179
[Table 4]
Figure 02_image179

確認到如下:使用本發明之光阻劑組成物,顯影缺陷抑制性優異。    化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物,在Hammet法則中的σp具有超過0.5的取代基之情況下,確認到本發明之效果更加優異(實施例2a與實施例1a的比較等)。    滿足以下條件:更含有化學式(2)所表示的化合物,樹脂A更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團;或,樹脂更具有重複單元a,重複單元a具有化學式(2)所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,重複單元a的含量相對於樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上,中的至少一個之情況下,確認到靈敏度更加優異(實施例5a與實施例2a的比較,以及實施例8a與實施例7a的比較等)。    樹脂A更包含重複單元b,重複單元b具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團之情況下,確認到靈敏度更加優異(實施例13a、16a、39a與實施例9a、10a、22a、23a的比較等)。    樹脂A更包含重複單元b,重複單元b具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團,重複單元b包含選自由化學式(M1)~(M5)中任一個所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個之情況下,確認到靈敏度更加優異(實施例5a、8a、11a與實施例13a、16a、39a的比較等)。    重複單元b包含化學式(M4)所表示的重複單元及化學式(M5)所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個之情況下,確認到靈敏度更優異(實施例12a、14a、15a與實施例5a、8a、11a的比較等)。It was confirmed that the photoresist composition of the present invention is excellent in development defect suppression. In the compound represented by any one of chemical formulas (1) to (4), it was confirmed that the effect of the present invention is more excellent when the σp in Hammet's law has a substituent exceeding 0.5 (Example 2a and Example 1a compare, etc.). Satisfy the following conditions: the compound represented by the chemical formula (2) is more contained, and the resin A further has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid; or, the resin further has a repeating unit a, and the repeating unit a has a chemical formula (2) In the case of at least one of the residues formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms in the indicated compound, the content of the repeating unit a is 10 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units of the resin, it was confirmed that the sensitivity is more excellent ( Example 5a compared with Example 2a, and Example 8a compared with Example 7a, etc.). Resin A further includes a repeating unit b, and when the repeating unit b has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid, it is confirmed that the sensitivity is more excellent (Examples 13a, 16a, 39a and Examples 9a, 10a, 22a, 23a comparison, etc.). Resin A further includes a repeating unit b, the repeating unit b has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid, and the repeating unit b includes a group selected from repeating units represented by any one of the chemical formulas (M1) to (M5). In the case of at least one of them, it was confirmed that the sensitivity was more excellent (comparison of Examples 5a, 8a, and 11a with Examples 13a, 16a, and 39a, etc.). When the repeating unit b contains at least one of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (M4) and the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (M5), it was confirmed that the sensitivity is more excellent (Examples 12a, 14a, 15a and Example 5a, 8a, 11a comparison, etc.).

〔圖案形成(2):EUV曝光、鹼性顯影〕    對6英寸矽晶圓(或鉻晶圓)實施六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)處理。於得到的表面處理矽晶圓上,使用旋塗機Mark8(東京電子公司製)塗佈下表所示之各光阻劑組成物,於溫度130℃下在加熱板上乾燥300秒,得到膜厚度為100nm之各抗蝕劑膜。此外,前述抗蝕劑膜之製作方法中,亦可以使用鉻基板代替矽晶圓。    對於得到的抗蝕劑膜,使用EUV曝光裝置(Exitech公司製Micro Exposure Tool,NA(數值孔徑)0.3、Quadrupole、外σ0.68、內σ0.36),用曝光遮罩(線∶空間=1∶1)進行了圖案曝光。    接著,於溫度100℃下在電熱板上加熱90秒,使用2.38質量%四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)水溶液浸漬60秒後,用水洗滌30秒。最後,以4000rpm的轉速使矽晶圓旋轉30秒後,於溫度95℃下烘烤60秒使其乾燥,得到具有預定圖案之矽晶圓。    與前述〔圖案形成(1):EB曝光、鹼性顯影〕中的顯影缺陷和靈敏度同樣,對得到的圖案的各個項目進行了評價。[Pattern formation (2): EUV exposure, alkaline development] A 6-inch silicon wafer (or chrome wafer) was treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS). Each photoresist composition shown in the table below was coated on the obtained surface-treated silicon wafer using a spin coater Mark8 (manufactured by Tokyo Electron Co., Ltd.), and dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 130°C for 300 seconds to obtain a film Resist films each having a thickness of 100 nm. In addition, in the aforementioned method of producing the resist film, a chromium substrate may also be used instead of a silicon wafer. For the obtained resist film, using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool manufactured by Exitech Corporation, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer σ0.68, inner σ0.36), an exposure mask (line: space=1 : 1) Pattern exposure was performed. Next, it was heated on a hot plate at a temperature of 100° C. for 90 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, and washed with water for 30 seconds. Finally, after the silicon wafer was rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, it was baked at a temperature of 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it to obtain a silicon wafer with a predetermined pattern. Similar to the development defect and sensitivity in the aforementioned [pattern formation (1): EB exposure, alkaline development], each item of the obtained pattern was evaluated.

<結果>    表中,各記載與表4相同。<Results> In the table, each description is the same as in Table 4.

[表5]

Figure 02_image181
[table 5]
Figure 02_image181

確認到如下:使用本發明之光阻劑組成物,顯影缺陷抑制性優異。    樹脂A更具有重複單元a,重複單元a的含量相對於樹脂的全部重複單元為40莫耳%以上之情況下,確認到本發明之效果更加優異(實施例19b、20b與實施例5b、8b、11b的比較等)。    滿足以下條件:更含有化學式(2)所表示的化合物,樹脂A更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團;或,樹脂更具有重複單元a,重複單元a具有化學式(2)所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,重複單元a的含量相對於樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上,中的至少一個之情況下,確認到靈敏度更加優異(實施例9b、10b與實施例34b、35b的比較等)。    樹脂A更包含重複單元b,重複單元b具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團之情況下,確認到靈敏度更加優異(實施例16b與實施例9b、10b、22b、23b的比較等)。    樹脂A更包含重複單元b,重複單元b具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團,重複單元b包含選自由化學式(M1)~(M5)中任一個所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個之情況下,確認到靈敏度更加優異(實施例19b、20b與實施例16b的比較等)。    重複單元b包含化學式(M4)所表示的重複單元及化學式(M5)所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個之情況下,確認到靈敏度更優異(實施例12b、15b、21b與實施例19b、20b的比較等)。It was confirmed that the photoresist composition of the present invention is excellent in development defect suppression. Resin A further has repeating unit a, and when the content of repeating unit a is 40 mol% or more relative to all repeating units of the resin, it is confirmed that the effect of the present invention is more excellent (Examples 19b, 20b and Examples 5b, 8b , 11b comparison, etc.). Satisfy the following conditions: the compound represented by the chemical formula (2) is more contained, and the resin A further has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid; or, the resin further has a repeating unit a, and the repeating unit a has a chemical formula (2) In the case of at least one of the residues formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms in the indicated compound, the content of the repeating unit a is 10 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units of the resin, it was confirmed that the sensitivity is more excellent ( Comparison of Examples 9b, 10b with Examples 34b, 35b, etc.). Resin A further includes a repeating unit b, and when the repeating unit b has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid, it is confirmed that the sensitivity is more excellent (comparison of Example 16b with Examples 9b, 10b, 22b, 23b, etc. ). Resin A further includes a repeating unit b, the repeating unit b has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid, and the repeating unit b includes a group selected from repeating units represented by any one of the chemical formulas (M1) to (M5). In the case of at least one of them, it was confirmed that the sensitivity was more excellent (comparison of Examples 19b and 20b with Example 16b, etc.). When the repeating unit b includes at least one of the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (M4) and the repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (M5), it was confirmed that the sensitivity is more excellent (Example 12b, 15b, 21b and Example 19b, 20b comparison, etc.).

none

無。none.

無。none.

Claims (11)

一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其包含具有由化學式(A)所表示之重複單元A的樹脂,所述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物滿足以下條件中的至少一個:    更包含由化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示之化合物,所述樹脂更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團;以及,    所述樹脂更具有重複單元a,所述重複單元a具有從由化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,所述重複單元a的含量相對於所述樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上,    [化學式1]
Figure 03_image183
化學式(A)中,R A1〜R A3各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基;L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基;Ar A表示芳香環基;R A2和Ar A可以相互鍵結而形成環;n A表示1~5的整數,    [化學式2]
Figure 03_image185
化學式(1)中,X 11表示氫原子或-L 11-(R 11)p 11;R 11〜R 13分別獨立地表示取代基;R 11〜R 13中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;R 11和R 13可以相互鍵結而形成環;L 11表示單鍵或p 11+1價的連結基;L 12表示單鍵或p 12+1價的連結基;L 13表示單鍵或p 13+1價的連結基;p 11〜p 13各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 11表示單鍵之情況下,p 11表示1;當L 12表示單鍵之情況下,p 12表示1;當L 13表示單鍵之情況下,p 13表示1,    化學式(2)中,X 21表示氫原子或-L 21-(R 21)p 21;X 22表示氫原子或-L 22-(R 22)p 22;R 21〜R 24分別獨立地表示取代基;R 21〜R 24中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;L 21表示單鍵或p 21+1價的連結基;L 22表示單鍵或p 22+1價的連結基;L 23表示單鍵或p 23+1價的連結基;L 24表示單鍵或p 24+1價的連結基;R 21、R 22及R 24中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環;p 21〜p 24各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 21表示單鍵之情況下,p 21表示1;當L 22表示單鍵之情況下,p 22表示1;當L 23表示單鍵之情況下,p 23表示1;當L 24表示單鍵之情況下,p 24表示1,n 21表示1以上的整數,    化學式(3)中,X 31表示氫原子或-L 31-(R 31)p 31;R 31及R 32分別獨立地表示取代基;R 31及R 32中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;L 31表示單鍵或p 31+1價的連結基;L 32表示單鍵或p 32+1價的連結基;p 31及p 32各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 31表示單鍵之情況下,p 31表示1;當L 32表示單鍵之情況下,p 32表示1,Ar 31表示芳香環基,    化學式(4)中,X 41表示氫原子或-L 41-(R 41)p 41;X 42表示氫原子或-L 42-(R 42)p 42;R 41〜R 43分別獨立地表示取代基;R 41〜R 43中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;L 41表示單鍵或p 41+1價的連結基;L 42表示單鍵或p 42+1價的連結基;L 43表示單鍵或p 43+1價的連結基;R 41和R 42可以相互鍵結而形成環;p 41〜p 43各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 41表示單鍵之情況下,p 41表示1;當L 42表示單鍵之情況下,p 42表示1;當L 43表示單鍵之情況下,p 43表示1。
An actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin having a repeating unit A represented by chemical formula (A), the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition satisfying at least one of the following conditions : further comprising a compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (4), the resin further has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid; and, the resin further has a repeating unit a, The repeating unit a has a residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (4), and the content of the repeating unit a is relative to the resin All repeating units of are more than 10 mol%, [chemical formula 1]
Figure 03_image183
In the chemical formula (A), R A1 ~ R A3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group; LA represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Ar A represents Aromatic ring group; R A2 and Ar A can be bonded to each other to form a ring; n A represents an integer of 1 to 5, [chemical formula 2]
Figure 03_image185
In the chemical formula (1), X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 11 -(R 11 )p 11 ; R 11 ~ R 13 independently represent substituents; at least one of R 11 ~ R 13 represents σp in Hammet's law More than 0 substituents; R 11 and R 13 can be bonded to each other to form a ring; L 11 represents a single bond or a linking group with a valence of p 11 +1; L 12 represents a single bond or a linking group with a valence of p 12 +1; L 13 represents a single bond or a linking group of p 13 +1 valence; p 11 ~ p 13 each independently represent an integer greater than 1, wherein, when L 11 represents a single bond, p 11 represents 1; when L 12 represents a single In the case of a bond, p 12 represents 1; when L 13 represents a single bond, p 13 represents 1, and in chemical formula (2), X 21 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 21 -(R 21 )p 21 ; X 22 Represents a hydrogen atom or -L 22 -(R 22 )p 22 ; R 21 ~ R 24 independently represent a substituent; at least one of R 21 ~ R 24 represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law; L 21 Indicates a single bond or a linking group of p 21 +1 valence; L 22 expresses a single bond or a p 22 +1 valence linking group; L 23 expresses a single bond or a p 23 +1 valence linking group; L 24 expresses a single bond or p 24 +1-valent linking group; at least two of R 21 , R 22 and R 24 may be bonded to each other to form a ring; p 21 ~ p 24 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, wherein, when L 21 represents a single In the case of a bond, p 21 represents 1; when L 22 represents a single bond, p 22 represents 1; when L 23 represents a single bond, p 23 represents 1; when L 24 represents a single bond, p 24 represents 1, n 21 represents an integer greater than 1, in chemical formula (3), X 31 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 31 -(R 31 )p 31 ; R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a substituent; R 31 And at least one of R 32 represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law; L 31 represents a single bond or a linking group of p 31 +1 valence; L 32 represents a single bond or a linking group of p 32 +1 valence; p 31 and p32 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, wherein, when L31 represents a single bond, p31 represents 1; when L32 represents a single bond, p32 represents 1, and Ar31 represents an aromatic ring In the chemical formula (4), X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 41 -(R 41 )p 41 ; X 42 represents a hydrogen atom or -L 42 -(R 42 )p 42 ; R 41 ~ R 43 are independently Represents a substituent; at least one of R 41 ~ R 43 represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law; L 41 represents a single bond or a linking group of p 41 +1 valence; L 42 represents a single bond or p 42 +1 valence linking group; L 43 represents a single bond or p 43 +1 valence linking group; R 41 and R 42 can be bonded to each other to form a ring; p 41 ~ p 43 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, wherein, when When L 41 represents a single bond, p 41 represents 1; when L 42 represents a single bond, p 42 represents 1; when L 43 represents a single bond, p 43 represents 1.
如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,所述樹脂更具有重複單元a,所述重複單元a具有從由所述化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,    所述殘基包含選自由化學式(1a)~(4a)中的任一個所表示之基團構成的組中的至少一個,    [化學式3]
Figure 03_image187
化學式(1a)中,X 11a表示氫原子或-L 11a-(R 11a)p 11a;R 11a及R 13a分別獨立地表示取代基;R 11a及R 13a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;R 11a和R 13a可以相互鍵結而形成環;L 11a表示單鍵或p 11a+1價的連結基;L 12a表示單鍵或二價的連結基;L 13a表示單鍵或p 13a+1價的連結基;p 11a及p 13a各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 11a表示單鍵之情況下,p 11a表示1;當L 13a表示單鍵之情況下,p 13a表示1;*表示鍵結位置,    化學式(2a)中,X 21a表示氫原子或-L 21a-(R 21a)p 21a;X 22a表示氫原子或-L 22a-(R 22a)p 22a;R 21a、R 22a及R 24a分別獨立地表示取代基;R 21a、R 22a及R 24a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;L 21a表示單鍵或p 21a+1價的連結基;L 22a表示單鍵或p 22a+1價的連結基;L 23a表示單鍵或二價的連結基;L 24a表示單鍵或p 24a+1價的連結基;R 21a、R 22a及R 24a中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環;p 21a、p 22a及p 24a各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 21a表示單鍵之情況下,p 21a表示1;當L 22a表示單鍵之情況下,p 22a表示1;當L 24a表示單鍵之情況下,p 24a表示1;n 21a表示1以上的整數;*表示鍵結位置,    化學式(3a)中,X 31a表示氫原子或-L 31a-(R 31a)p 31a,R 31a各自獨立地表示取代基;R 31a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;L 31a表示單鍵或p 31a+1價的連結基;L 32a表示單鍵或二價的連結基;p 31a表示1以上的整數,其中,L 31a表示單鍵之情況下,p 31a表示1;Ar 31a表示芳香環基;*表示鍵結位置,    化學式(4a)中,X 41a表示氫原子或-L 41a-(R 41a)p 41a;X 42a表示氫原子或-L 42a-(R 42a)p 42a;R 41a及R 42a分別獨立地表示取代基;R 41a及R 42a中的至少一個表示Hammet法則中的σp超過0的取代基;L 41a表示單鍵或p 41a+1價的連結基;L 42a表示單鍵或p 42a+1價的連結基;L 43a表示單鍵或二價的連結基;R 41a和R 42a可以相互鍵結而形成環;p 41a及p 42a各自獨立地表示1以上的整數,其中,當L 41a表示單鍵之情況下,p 41a表示1;當L 42a表示單鍵之情況下,p 42a表示1;*表示鍵結位置。
The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, the resin further has a repeating unit a, and the repeating unit a has any one of chemical formulas (1) to (4) A residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms in the represented compound, the residue includes at least one selected from the group consisting of groups represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1a) to (4a), [chemical formula 3]
Figure 03_image187
In chemical formula (1a), X 11a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 11a -(R 11a )p 11a ; R 11a and R 13a each independently represent a substituent; at least one of R 11a and R 13a represents σp in Hammet's law Substituents exceeding 0; R 11a and R 13a can be bonded to each other to form a ring; L 11a represents a single bond or p 11a + 1-valent linking group; L 12a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; L 13a represents a single bond or p 13a + 1 valence linking group; p 11a and p 13a each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, wherein, when L 11a represents a single bond, p 11a represents 1; when L 13a represents a single bond Below, p 13a represents 1; * represents the bonding position, in chemical formula (2a), X 21a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 21a -(R 21a )p 21a ; X 22a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 22a -(R 22a ) p 22a ; R 21a , R 22a and R 24a each independently represent a substituent; at least one of R 21a , R 22a and R 24a represents a substituent in which σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law; L 21a represents a single bond or p 21a +1-valent linking group; L 22a represents a single bond or p 22a +1-valent linking group; L 23a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; L 24a represents a single bond or p 24a +1-valent linking group; R At least two of 21a , R 22a , and R 24a may be bonded to each other to form a ring; p 21a , p 22a , and p 24a each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, wherein, when L 21a represents a single bond, p 21a represents 1; when L 22a represents a single bond, p 22a represents 1; when L 24a represents a single bond, p 24a represents 1; n 21a represents an integer greater than 1; * represents the bonding position, chemical formula ( In 3a), X 31a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 31a -(R 31a )p 31a , each of R 31a independently represents a substituent; at least one of R 31a represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law; L 31a Represents a single bond or p 31a + 1-valent linking group; L 32a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; p 31a represents an integer of 1 or more, wherein, when L 31a represents a single bond, p 31a represents 1; Ar 31a represents an aromatic ring group; * represents a bonding position. In chemical formula (4a), X 41a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 41a -(R 41a )p 41a ; X 42a represents a hydrogen atom or -L 42a -(R 42a )p 42a ; R 41a and R 42a independently represent a substituent; at least one of R 41a and R 42a represents a substituent whose σp exceeds 0 in Hammet's law; L 41a represents a single bond or a linking group of p 41a +1 valence; L 42a represents a single bond or p 42a +1-valent linking group; L 43a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; R 41a and R 42a can be bonded to each other to form a ring; p 41a and p 42a each independently represent 1 In the above integers, when L 41a represents a single bond, p 41a represents 1; when L 42a represents a single bond, p 42a represents 1; * represents a bonding position.
如請求項1或2所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,由所述化學式(1)~(4)中的任一個所表示的化合物具有在Hammet法則中的σp超過0.5的取代基。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (4) has a σp exceeding 0.5 in Hammet's law Substituents. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,滿足以下條件中的至少一個:    更包含由所述化學式(1)~(3)中的任一個所表示的化合物,所述樹脂更具有藉由酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團;以及,    所述樹脂更具有重複單元a,所述重複單元a具有從由所述化學式(1)~(3)中的任一個所表示的化合物中去除一個或兩個氫原子而形成之殘基,所述重複單元a的含量相對於所述樹脂的全部重複單元為10莫耳%以上。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, which satisfies at least one of the following conditions: It further includes a compound represented by any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (3), so The resin further has a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid; and, the resin further has a repeating unit a, and the repeating unit a has a formula from any one of the chemical formulas (1) to (3) In the residue formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms in the indicated compound, the content of the repeating unit a is 10 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units of the resin. 如請求項1、請求項2或請求項4所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,所述樹脂更具有所述重複單元a,    相對於所述樹脂的全部重複單元,所述重複單元a的含量為40莫耳%以上。As the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in claim 1, claim 2 or claim 4, the resin further has the repeating unit a, relative to all repeating units of the resin, the The content of the repeating unit a is 40 mol% or more. 如請求項1、請求項2或請求項4所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,所述樹脂更包含重複單元b,所述重複單元b具有藉由所述酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, claim 2 or claim 4, the resin further includes repeating unit b, and the repeating unit b has the ability to be decomposed by the action of the acid And the group with increased polarity. 如請求項1、請求項2或請求項4所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,所述樹脂更包含重複單元b,所述重複單元b具有藉由所述酸的作用分解而極性增加之基團,    所述重複單元b包含選自由化學式(M1)~(M5)中的任一個所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個,    [化學式4]
Figure 03_image189
化學式(M1)中,R m11〜R m13各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基;L m11表示單鍵或二價的連結基;R m14〜R m16分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基;R m14〜R m16中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環,    化學式(M2)中,R m21〜R m24各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,其中,R m21和R m22中的至少一個表示有機基;X m21表示-CO-、-SO-或-SO 2-;Y m21表示-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-或-NR 34-;R 34表示氫原子或有機基;L m21表示單鍵或二價的連結基;R m25〜R m27分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基;R m25〜R m27中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環,    化學式(M3)中,R m31及R m32各自獨立地表示氫原子或有機基;R m33及R m34分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳香基、芳烷基或烯基;R m31〜R m34中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環,    化學式(M4)中,R m41〜R m43各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基;L m41表示單鍵或二價的連結基;Ar m41表示芳香環基;R m44〜R m46各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基;R m44〜R m46中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環,    化學式(M5)中,R m51〜R m53各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧羰基;L m51表示單鍵或二價的連結基;R m54及R m55分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基;R m56表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基;R m54〜R m56中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。
The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, claim 2 or claim 4, the resin further includes repeating unit b, and the repeating unit b has the ability to be decomposed by the action of the acid As for the group with increased polarity, the repeating unit b includes at least one selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by any one of the chemical formulas (M1) to (M5), [chemical formula 4]
Figure 03_image189
In the chemical formula (M1), R m11 ~R m13 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group; L m11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; R m14 ~ R m16 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group; at least two of R m14 ~R m16 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and in the chemical formula (M2), R m21 ~ R m24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, wherein at least one of R m21 and R m22 represents an organic group; X m21 represents -CO-, -SO- or -SO 2 -; Y m21 represents -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -or -NR 34 -; R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group; L m21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; R m25 ~ R m27 independently represent an alkyl group , cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or alkenyl; at least two of R m25 ~ R m27 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, in the chemical formula (M3), R m31 and R m32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group; R m33 and R m34 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group; at least two of R m31 ~ R m34 can be bonded to each other to form a ring , in the chemical formula (M4), R m41 ~ R m43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group; L m41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Ar m41 represents an aromatic ring group; R m44 ~R m46 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group; at least two of R m44 ~R m46 can be bonded to each other to form Ring, in the chemical formula (M5), R m51 ~ R m53 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group; L m51 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; R m54 and R m55 independently represent hydrogen atom, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or alkenyl; R m56 represent alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or alkenyl; R m54 At least two of ~R m56 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
如請求項7所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,所述重複單元b包含選自由所述化學式(M4)所表示的重複單元和由所述化學式(M5)所表示的重複單元構成的組中的至少一個。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the repeating unit b comprises a repeating unit selected from the chemical formula (M4) and a repeating unit represented by the chemical formula (M5) At least one of the group of units. 一種抗蝕劑膜,其使用如請求項1~8中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。A resist film formed using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8. 一種圖案形成方法,具有:    使用如請求項1~8中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,在基板上形成抗蝕劑膜之製程;    曝光所述抗蝕劑膜之製程;以及,    使用顯影液將所述曝光後的抗蝕劑膜顯影之製程。A pattern forming method comprising: using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of Claims 1 to 8 to form a resist film on a substrate; exposing the resist a film manufacturing process; and, a process of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution. 一種電子元件之製造方法,其包括如請求項10所述之圖案形成方法。A method of manufacturing electronic components, which includes the pattern forming method described in claim 10.
TW111114320A 2021-04-15 2022-04-14 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device TW202302669A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-069063 2021-04-15
JP2021069063 2021-04-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202302669A true TW202302669A (en) 2023-01-16

Family

ID=83640034

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111114320A TW202302669A (en) 2021-04-15 2022-04-14 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022220189A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20230158012A (en)
TW (1) TW202302669A (en)
WO (1) WO2022220189A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102748487B1 (en) * 2023-01-05 2025-01-03 유한회사 디씨티머티리얼 Composition for improvining photoresist patterns and process of forming resist pattern using thereof
CN117720483A (en) * 2023-11-08 2024-03-19 湖北三峡实验室 A kind of photoacid generator containing aromatic trifluoromethanesulfonate structure and its preparation method and application

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4145017B2 (en) * 2001-02-08 2008-09-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resist composition
KR101324202B1 (en) 2006-10-25 2013-11-06 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 Monomer for photoresist including sulfonyl group, polymer thereof and photoresist composition including the same
JP2011186341A (en) * 2010-03-10 2011-09-22 Fujifilm Corp Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film formed by use of the composition, and pattern forming method using the composition
TWI696891B (en) * 2015-12-09 2020-06-21 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Photoresist composition and process for producing photoresist pattern
WO2018056369A1 (en) * 2016-09-26 2018-03-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Resist composition, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022220189A1 (en) 2022-10-20
WO2022220189A1 (en) 2022-10-20
KR20230158012A (en) 2023-11-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202200635A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing electronic device
CN117616336A (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film
CN117651910A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202314382A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resin, and method for producing resin
CN115917431A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202323231A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022172689A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202302669A (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7545484B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7579861B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202331415A (en) Actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing electronic component, and compound
TW202321322A (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
TW202328064A (en) Actinic radiation sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
TW202340276A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022202345A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW202306948A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202311211A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
TW202311215A (en) Method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic element, and method for producing onium salt comprising an onium salt containing an anion having a pKa of conjugate acid of 2.0 or more and having excellent LWR performance after etching
TW202306947A (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
TW202323327A (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TW202342439A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202444768A (en) Photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202323226A (en) Method for producing salt, method for producing active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TW202340141A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound